Technor - Explosion Proof Hazardous Area EX Electrical Equipment

Technor - Explosion Proof Hazardous Area EX Electrical Equipment
Solutions through technology
WWW.CABLEJOINTS.CO.UK
THORNE & DERRICK UK
TEL 0044 191 490 1547 FAX 0044 477 5371
TEL 0044 117 977 4647 FAX 0044 977 5582
WWW.THORNEANDDERRICK.CO.UK
Reservations of failure and changes in this catalogue.
Print: Gunnarshaug - Rev. B
Editing completed January 2009.
1
Technor ElectroTech Group is an international technology group with
its head of¿ce in Stavanger, and with its own operational businesses
in Norway, France, UK, Italy, United Arab Emirates, Singapore and Brasil.
The Groups main markets are within Oil & Gas and Petrochemical Industries.
Our products enable safe transport and application of electric signals and power
in potentially explosive atmospheres. Our core competence is in the ¿elds of
electro-mechanics, instrumentation, electronics and combustible dust application
industries.
Products for use in explosive atmospheres must satisfy the requirements
of the joint European standards (ATEX regulations), and each individual
component of the systems must be certi¿ed in accordance with speci¿c
Ex-certi¿cation requirements.
2
Table of Contents
Ex-Regulations
4
Engineering and Customer
Based Product Solutions
16
Project Shedule
19
Terminal Boxes
21
Control Equipment - Components
33
Control Stations
47
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
79
Flameproof Enclosures
101
Pressurized Systems
125
Audible and Visual Signals
129
Lighting
149
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
177
Cable Glands and Accessories
187
Plugs and Sockets
225
Gas Detection
239
3
EX Regulations
Explosionproof Atmosphere
Explosion Protection
An explosive atmosphere is built up by a mixture of Àammable gases, vapours, mists or dust with atmosphere air.
If the mixture (Àammable material/air) has the right ratio it can be an ignition source and create an explosion.
Factors for creating an explosion:
ial
ter
Ma
Ign
itio
n
1. Air (or in fact oxygen in the air)
2. Flammable material (substance)
3. Ignition source
Air
There are two main principles to avoid an explosion; primary and secondary precautions.
Primary explosion protection can be achieved by (when an ignition source are present):
- Using natural or forced ventilation to limit the explosive concentration
- Avoiding Àammable materials (substance)
- Using inert gas in the atmosphere (e.g. Nitrogen)
If still an explosive atmosphere can be created in a area it is only one way of avoiding explosion, Ignition Control
Type of Ignition Sources
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Hot surfaces
Flames and hot gases
Mechanically produced sparks
Electrical equipment
Transient currents
Static electricity
Lightning strikes
Electromagnetic waves
Optical radiation
Ultrasound
Chemical reactions
People (indirectly)
The techniques of equipment protection for use in explosive atmospheres are just a matter of controlling
(eliminating) possible ignition sources (secondary explosion protection)
4
EX Regulations
Explosionproof Atmosphere
Where do we find explosive atmospheres?
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Metal surface grinding, especially aluminium dust and particles
Oil re¿neries, rigs and processing plants
Gas pipelines and distribution centres
Printing industries, paper and textiles
Aircraft refuelling and hangars
Chemical processing plants
Grain handling and storage
Sewage treatment plants
Surface coating industries
Underground coalmines
Woodworking areas
Sugar re¿neries
Vessels/ships
Power plants
Where a potential explosive atmosphere can occur, certain safety levelss need to be taken into account
acco nt regarding the
possible danger of an explosion in this area. The areas therefore need to be divided into zones according to presence of
the Àammable materials.
Zone 0
Zone 1
Zone 2
A place where the explosive atmosphere of
Àammable gas is present continously or for a
long period or frequently
A place where the explosive atmosphere of
Àammable gas is likely to occur in normal
operation occasionally
A place where the explosive atmosphere of
Àammable gas is not likely to occur in normal
operation but if it does occur it will only be
present for a short period
Zone 20
Zone 21
Zone 22
A place where an explosive dust atmosphere is
present continously or for a long period of time
A place where an explosive dust atmosphere is
likely to occur during normal operation
A place where an explosive dust atmosphere
is not likely to occur during normal operation,
but if it does occur it will be present for a short
period
5
EX Regulations
Explosionproof Atmosphere
Examples of the criterias for the mixture of flammable materials (gas)
towards air in such a way that an explosion can occur are:
100 Vol%
0 Vol%
Concentration of Air
Mixture too lean
Explosion range
lower
100% LEL
0%
Explosion
limit
higher
UEL
0 Vol%
100 Vol%
Concentration of Àammable materials
Typical consentration of gases in the air where an explosion can appear (% of gas in air):
LEL
Methane
Propane
Butane
6
Mixture too rich
4,4%
1,7%
1,4%
Explosion
UEL
EL
,5%
16,5%
10,6%
,6%
9,3%
3%
EX Regulations
Atex Directive
Atex directive
- Product Directive 1994/9/EC
- User Directive 1999/92/EC
Product Directive 1994/9/EC
This has been mandatory in Europe from 01.07.2003, and covers the regulations concerning apparatus and
protective systems for use in potentially explosive atmospheres. The directive has four chapters which are subdivided
into 16 articles. In each chapter it is made reference to the Annex I to XI, which include 7 modules.
For full info visit http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/atex/internationaldevelopment.htm
Content of directive 94/9/EC
Main part
Chapter
Article
Heading
I
1-7
Scope of application, placed in service and free movement of goods
II
8–9
Conformity assessment procedures
III
10 – 11
CE marking of conformity
IV
12 – 16
Concluding provisions
Annexes
I
Criteria of decision for the classi¿cation of groups of apparatus in categories
II
Essential safety and health requirements for the conception and construction of
apparatus and protective systems for use in potentially explosive atmospheres
III
Module: EC-type examination
IV
Module: Quality assurance of the production
V
Module: Inspection of the products
VI
Module: Conformity with the design
VII
Module: Quality assurance of the product
VIII
Module: Internal production control
IX
Module: Individual test
X
CE marking and contents of the EC certi¿cate of conformity
XI
Minimum criteria to be taken into accounts by the member states for the
authorization of testing laboratories
7
EX Regulations
Atex Directive
The directive 1994/9/EC is dividing the apparatus/equipment into groups and categories.
- Apparatus/equipment Group I apply for mining.
This group is subdivided into categories M1 & M2.
- Apparatus/equipment Group II applies for all other (surface) areas.
This group is subdivided into categories 1, 2 and 3.
Group
Mining Industries
Group
Regular industries (gas + dust hazardous areas)
Category
Category
Category
Category
Category
Very high level of protection
(safe with 2 faults)
High level of protection
(safe with 1fault)
Very high level of
protection
(safe with 2 faults)
High level of protection
(safe with 1 fault)
Normal level of protection
(safe during normal
operation)
Must remain functional under
explosive atmosphere
De-energized under
explosive atmosphere
II 1 G (Gas)
II 2 G (Gas)
II 2 D (Dust)
II 3 G (Gas)
II 3 D (Dust)
Marking
I M1
I M2
Equipment to conform with the Atex Directive
94/9/EC
II 1 D (Dust)
Electrical Equipment
Area
Zone
Equipment
Category
2
3
1
2
0
1
How to comply
The manufacturer to evaluate the product according
to valid standard/Directives, and create a technical
¿le and subsequently issuing an EC D.O.C
(Declaration of Conformity)
EC-type examination certi¿cate from NB
(Noti¿ed body, DNV, Nemko, INERIS e.g.)
EC-type examination certi¿cate from NB
(Noti¿ed Body, DNV, Nemko, INERIS e.g.)
Production requirements
The manufacturer needs to have a production
quality system
The manufacturer needs to have a production
quality system and obtain a Production Quality
Assurance Noti¿cation from NB
Mechanical Equipment
8
Area
Zone
Equipment
Category
2
3
1
2
0
1
How to be in compliance with the Atex Directive
To be veri¿ed by the manufacturer and submit a Technical File
Manufacturer to issue EC D.O.C.
To be veri¿ed by manufacturer and submit technical ¿le to NB (Nemko, DNV e.g.)
Manufacturer to issue EC D.O.C.
To be certi¿ed by NB
Manufacturer to issue EC D.O.C.
EX Regulations
Atex Directive
Atex Marking
Con¿rmation that the equipment ful¿l
all valid EU directives
0470 Ref. no. for NB (production licence)
European conformity certi¿cate
CE
II
2
G
Equipment group
Category
For use in gas atmosphere
Note:
The equipment also needs to be marked with the conventional protection mode (Ex…)
according to EN/IEC 60079-0 (EN/IEC 61241-0 for dust)
Operating instruction/user manual;
The operating instructions of the manufacturer must clearly de¿ne the intended use of the equipment by the
operator. The minimum requirements for the operating instruction are amongst others:
- Information about safety aspects
- Installation
- Putting into service
- Use
- Assembling and dismantling
- Maintenance (servicing and emergency repair)
- Adjustment
Manufacturer’s Declaration of Conformity (EC D.O.C.)
Equipment and systems can be placed on the market, only if market with the CE mark and complete with operating
instructions and the manufacturer’s Declaration of Conformity. The CE conformity marking and the issued Declaration
of Conformity con¿rm that the product complies with all requirements and assessment procedures speci¿ed in the EC
Directives.
Note:
According to Directive 94/9/EC the mandatory evidence of complying with this is given in the EC D.O.C. including the
operating instructions.
9
EX Regulations
Atex Directive
User Directive 1999/92/EC
This directive gives the minimum requirement for the improvement of health protection and safety of employers who could
be endangered by explosive atmospheres.
The main issues to be addressed;
- Assessment of explosion risk
- Zone classi¿cation
- Explosion protection documents
(including requirements for personnel to do engineering, equipment selection, installation, maintenance, repair
etc.)
Structure of Directive 1999/92/EC
Ruling part
Section
Article
I
II
III
1-2
3-9
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10-15
Heading
General requirements
Duties of employer
Prevention of and protection against
Assessment of the explosion risks
General obligations
Coordination obligations
Areas with explosive atmospheres
Explosion protection document
Special regulations relating to working materials and places of work
Other requirements
Annexes
Classi¿cation of areas in which explosive atmospheres can be present
I
1. Areas in which explosive atmospheres can be present
II
A
2. Classi¿cation of potentially explosive atmospheres
Minimum requirements for the improvement of the safety and health protection of employees who could be endangered by
explosive atmospheres
1. Organizational measures
B
III
2. Explosion protection measures
Criteria for the selection of apparatus and protective systems
Warning signs for marking areas in which explosive atmospheres can occur
For further information (Directive 1999/92/EC and user guide) please visit;
http://ec.europa.eu/employment_social/health_safety/legislation_en.htm
10
EX Regulations
Ignition Sources
Classification of Ignition Sources for gas and vapour
Hot Surfaces
Ignition Temperature
Sparks
Ignition Energy
Temperature Class
T1 ... T6
Gas Group
A .... C
Temperature Class
Temperature Class
Maximum Surface Temperature
(at max. ambient temperature)
T1
450 °
T2
300°C
T3
200°C
T4
135°C
T5
100°C
T6
85°C
Energy Classification
Minimum Ignition
Energy
< 20 — Joules
< 20 — Joules
European Groups
C
USA/Canada Groups
A
Gas e.g.
Acetylene, Carbon disulphide
B
Hydrogen
< 60 — Joules
B
C
Ethyl ether, Ethylene
< 180 — Joules
A
D
Acetone, Butane, Ethanol, Gasoline, Hexane, Methanol,
Methane, Naphtha, Propane
11
EX Regulations
Ignition Sources
Standards valid for
Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres
EN (old)
EN (new)
General requirements
EN 50 014
EN 60079-0
Flameproof enclosures “d”
EN 50 018
EN 60079-1
Pressurized enclosures “p“
EN 50 016
EN 60079-2
Powder ¿lling “q“
EN 50 017
EN 60079-5
Oil immersion “o”
EN 50 015
EN 60079-6
Increased safety “e”
EN 50 019
EN 60079-7
Intrinsic safety “i”
EN 50 020
EN 60079-11
Type of protection “n”
EN 50 021
EN 60079-15
Encapsulation “m”
EN 50 028
EN 60079-18
Intrinsically safe systems
EN 60079-25
Electrical equipment for Zone 0
EN 50 284
EN 60079-26
Intrinsically safe ¿eld bus systems
EN 60079-27
Optical radiation “op”
EN 60079-28
Standards valid for electrical apparatus for Explosive dust atmosphere
Standard EN (IEC)
Protection name
61241-0
Protection method
General requirement for Dust equipment
61241-1/60079-31
tD
Protected by enclosures
61241-2
pD
Protected by pressurization
61241-11
iD
Protected by intrinsic safety
61241-18
mD
Protected by encapsulation
Standards valid for mechanical equipment
Protection type
EN 13463-
Marking letter
Construction
EN13463-5
c
Inherent safety
EN13463-4
g
Flow restriction
EN13463-2
fr
Pressurization
EN13463-7
p
Flameproof
EN13463-3
d
Controlled ignition
EN13463-6
b
Protected by oil
EN13463-8
k
Combustion motors
EN 1834-1
Gas, group II
EN 1834-2
Mines, group I
EN 1834-3
Dust, group II
12
EX Regulations
Basic Electrical Techniques
Basic Electrical Techniques circuits
Marking
Flameproof enclosures (IEC/EN 60079-1 / EN 50018)
The enclosures are constructed so that internal explosions
can not be transmitted to the external atmosphere
Ex d
Increased safety (IEC/EN 60079-7 / EN 50019
Prevention of ignition sources by fail safe design
(only simple electric components)
Ex e
Intrinsic safety (IEC/EN 60079-11 / EN 50020)
Limitation of the energy stored in the electrical circuits category “ia”
and “ib”, “simple” apparatus, “associated” apparatus, safety barriers
Installation: Safety values (Uo, Io, Po, Lo, Co) and clearances
Ex ia/ib
Type N (IEC/EN 60079-15 / EN 50021 : Zone 2)
No ignition source in normal operation (no sparks, no hot surfaces)
Ex nA
Oil immersion (IEC/EN 60079-6 / EN 50015)
Electrical parts are submerged in oil
Ex o
Pressurized apparatus (IEC/EN 60079-2 / EN 50016)
Electrical parts are purged and pressurized with a protective gas
(air or inert gas)
Installation: Purge and pressure control/shut down device
Ex p
Powder filling (IEC/EN 60079-5 / EN 50017)
Electrical parts are submerged in a quartz powder
Ex q
Encapsulation (IEC/EN 60079-18 / EN 50028)
Electrical parts are encapsulated in a speci¿c epoxy resin.
Installation: Chemical compatability of epoxy resin
Ex m
13
EX Regulations
Equipment Protection Level
EPL (Equipment Protection Level) according to IEC/EN 60079-xx series of standards
Definition:
The level of protection assigned to equipment based on its risk of becoming a source of ignition, and distinguishing the
differences between explosive gas atmospheres, explosive dust atmospheres, and the explosive atmospheres which may
exist in coal mines
Link between Zones, Atex categories and EPL:
Area towards Equipment
Area Classification
Explosive
Concentration
Equipment category/level
Zone
Risk
Equipment Group
Atex
Category
IEC - EPL
Often/longer periods
0
High, safe with 2 faults
II
1G
Ga
Occasionally
1
High, safe with 1 fault
II
2G (1G)
Gb (Ga)
Rarely/most likely never
2
Normal
II
3G (1G/2G)
Gc (Ga/Gb)
Often/longer periods
20
High, safe with 2 faults
II*
1D
Da
Occasionally
21
High, safe with 1 fault
II*
2D (1D)
Db (Da)
Rarely/ most likely never
22
Normal
II*
3D (1D/2D)
Dc (Da/Db)
-
High, safe with 2 faults
I
M1
Ma
-
High, safe with 1 fault
I
M2
Mb
* According to IEC 60079-0, 2007, equipment group for dust is to be group III
Why EPL (Atex categories);
Historically it has been acceptable to install equipment into speci¿c zones based on the type of protection.
In some cases it has been showen that the type of protection may been divided into different levels of protection that can
be correlated against each Zone. A better risk assessment would consider all factors. When using a risk assessment approach instead of the inÀexible approach of the past linking equipment to Zones the inherent ignition risk of the equipment
is clearly indicated, no matter what type of protection is used.
An example using a risk assessment approach:
Plant operators often make intuitive decisions on extending (or restricting) their Zones in order to compensate for this
inÀexibility. A typical example is the installation of “Zone 1 Type” navigation equipment in Zone 2 areas of offshore oil
production platforms, so that the navigation equipment can remain functional even in the presence of a totally unexpected
and prolonged gas release. On the other hand, it is reasonable for the owner of a remote, well secured, small pumping
station to drive the pump with a “Zone 2 Type” motor, even in Zone 1, if the total amount of gas available to explode is
small and the risk to life and property from such as explosion can be discounted.
The situation became more complex with the publication of the ¿rst edition of IEC 60079-26 which introduced additional
requirements to be applied for equipment intended to be used in Zone 0. Prior to this, Ex ia was considered to be the only
technique acceptable in Zone 0.
It has been recognized that it is bene¿cial to identify and mark all products according to their inherent ignition risk. This
makes equipment selection easier and a risk assessment approach, more appropriate.
14
EX Regulations
IP Rating
IP Degree of Protection according to EN/IEC 60529
First figure
Second figure
0
No protection
0
No protection
1
Protected against a solid object 50 mm or greater
1
Protected against vertically dripping water
2
Protected against a solid object 12 mm or greater
2
Protected against vertically dripping water, when tilted 15 degrees
3
Protected against a solid object 2,5 mm or greater
3
Protected against water spraying at an angle up to 60 degree
4
Protected against a solid object 1 mm or greater
4
Protected against water splashing from any direction
5
Dust protected
5
Protected against jets of water from any directions
6
Dust tight
6
Protected against powerful jets of water from any directions
7
Protected against immersion between a depth of 150 mm and 1000
mm
8
Protected against submersion
Example IP66
Approximately correlations between IP (IEC) and NEMA 250 standards
IP 10
NEMA 1
IP 11
NEMA 2
IP 54
NEMA 3 R
IP 52
NEMA 5-12-12 K
IP 54
NEMA 3-3 S
IP 56
NEMA 4-4 X
IP 67
NEMA 6-6 P
15
Engineering and Customer based product/solution
Engineering and Customer based product development
Our engineers have a comprehensive level of experience in developing and
designing Ex equipment for most applications, and hold a high level of professional
competence in this ¿eld. In accordance with our vision, we wish you as our customer
to receive the full bene¿t of this competence through working with us to ¿nd creative
and cost effective solutions to your particular needs, thus increasing safety and
pro¿tability for your business. This kind of cooperation also helps to ensure effective
implementation of new technology in our market sector. We call this Customer based
product development. Our competitive advantage is that we can quickly implement
a tailor made solution, from design straight to product certi¿cation, and deliver the
product in small or large production batches.
Solutions trough technology!
From Idea to Solution:
• Concept study
• Engineering
• Prototyping
• Ex certi¿cation
• Documentation
• Production
• Delivery
Technor’s Engineering and Customer based activities
are divided into the following categories:
Panels
Engineering and assembly of standard products
Special solutions
Mainly engineering and assembly of standard products but
with some parts which need to be engineered as tailor made
Tailor made solutions
These are products or solutions are engineered and designed especially
according to the customer’s requirements
16
Engineering and Customer based product/solution
Panels
Engineering and building of a solution based on standard Ex components
(with or without incorporation of standard industrial components),
such as control panels, switch gears, motor starters etc.
Typical examples are:
•
•
•
•
Ex d panels
Ex e/ed panels
Ex p
Ex n (Zone 2 only)
Special solution
Modifying existing Ex components to be adopted to certain tailor requirements,
such as: CCTV applications, Remote I/O panels, HMI applications
(LCD display and PC solutions), pressurized systems, wireless measure systems,
light equipment etc. Typical examples can include:
•
•
•
•
Ex d solutions
Ex e/ed solutions
EEx p
Ex n (for Zone 2)
Tailor made solutions (are mainly OEM products/solutions)
Creating and engineering of solution totally from the very beginning.
Typical applications are communication systems including wire, ¿bre optical,
wireless transfer, CCTV solutions, measuring systems, different types of
switch/control gear, light equipment etc.
The range of OEM products are designed to meet the clients demands, and are
usually used within an industry where an explosive atmosphere may be present.
If you come up with a unique product idea which is going to be used in
hazardous area, we can use our long-standing competence and experience within
the Ex ¿eld to ensure that you are achieving your visions.
We can tailor make products using all Ex protection methods in close relationship with our clients and have them veri¿ed/certi¿ed for II 3 G/D (Zone 2/ 22),
II 2 G/D (Zone 1/ 21) , II 1 G/D (Zone 0/ 20) or a combination of these. For
certi¿cation we are using partners such as INERIS, DNV, Nemko etc. Technor
can offer you more than 20 years of experience with tailor made Ex products.
17
Engineering and Customer based product/solution
This is how we can carry out a project:
•
Analyse the needs and valid directives/regulations
•
Develop initial ideas for the project covering the following:
- Mechanical (including IP rating, temperature range, materials etc)
- Electrical
- Method of Ex protection
- Budget price
•
Create a model of the solution - 2D or 3D format
•
Generation of prototypes for validation, if necessary
•
Ex certi¿cation (certi¿cate to be issued by Noti¿ed Bodies/Certi¿cation Bodies)
- Atex
- IECEx
- Gost
- Others
•
Creating product documentation including:
- Production documentation
- Production procedures
- CE veri¿cation
- Declaration of Conformity
- User manual
- Other relevant demands for equipment
to be used in hazardous area
•
Our client can receive the product from our production facilities as a part
product or a fully functional product. These can be delivered as follows:
- The product labelled with Technor
- The product labelled in the name of the client (this solution requires a
“dummy” production license in the name of the product owner)
•
The client will receive a product that meets the requirements for use in
hazardous area without requiring, his own competence regarding
Ex or production setup for such products.
18
Project Shedule
Pressurized Cabinets and Systems
Pressurized cabinets and systems (Ex p)
A typical project schedule for a pressurized system can be as follows:
Analysing the speci¿c requirements from the client and clarifying these with the
client. This includes details such as environment conditions, material strength,
physical dimensions, electrical requirements, etc. An important task at this
stage is also to verify that all client’s requirements can be solved within the
actual Ex standards and directives.
Construction of the actual panel/cabinet according to the demands and
speci¿cations from the client.
Selecting the correct control systems according to the demands and
speci¿cations given by the client, such as required cooling, limitation in purge
time, how much air/ inert gas is available etc.
At this point, any shut-down requirements need to be addressed and taken into
consideration before the actual control system is selected.
When the client has approved the construction-plans, the actual panel/ cabinet
can be manufactured.
Then the physical assembly of the system can start in our specialised
manufacturing facility with skilled personnel, including the internal components
(including possible free issue items) which are to be protected by pressurisation
and the purge/
Ex p control system.
Adjusting of control system parameters so that the pressurised control system
functions correctly regarding all requirements.
Ful¿lling all purge and temperature tests according to the mandatory standards
(EN/IEC 60079-0 and 60079-2).
Final functional test.
Creating the required documentation package, including all client requirements.
Write the user manual, as a minimum to meet the requirements in EN/IEC
60079-0 and 60079-2 and the Directive 94/9/EC.
Applying for the Certi¿cate of Conformity.
Issuing the EU Declaration of Conformity (EC D.O.C.).
Handover (eventual FAT test) and delivery of the complete system.
19
20
Terminal Boxes
AQ/AR Series
Junction Boxes with ¿xed walls, Ex e / Ex ia, AISI 316L
AQ/FR and AR/FR Series
Junction Boxes with gland plates, Ex e / Ex ia, AISI 316L
TNCN
Junction Boxes, Ex e/i, AISI 316L
AQ/AL and AR/AL Series
Junction Boxes, Ex e / Ex ia, Copper free Aluminium
TNUP
Junction Boxes, Ex e / Ex ia, GRP
22
24
27
29
31
21
Terminal Boxes
AQ/AR
AQ-…/ AR-… Series consist enclosures, containing Ex e and/or Ex i
terminals. Terminal Boxes AQ-…/AR-… Series are made of Stainless Steel AISI 316 and are especially recommended for chemical
agent environments, seawater corrosion, low and high temperature,
and other heavy duty environments.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Cover gasket
Surface treatment
Material thickness
Earthing
Drain plug
Standard identification
Stainless Steel AISI 316L
IP66
-50°C to +60°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 01ATEX0005X
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00496
EN 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
II 2 GD
Ex e II T6/T5
Ex ia IIC T6/T5
Ex e ia IIC T6/T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 2 & Zone 21/Zone 22
POR 303/F/GR/CIG
Internal and External shot blasting
Body and cover made in AISI 316L thickness 1.5 mm
Internal and External earth stud made in AISI 316 suitable for earth wire up to 35 sqmm.
Drain and breather devices type ECR-1, ECR-2, ECR-11 (Optional)
Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
transfer inscriptions
Quantity for entries
Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: see table
Quantity for terminals
Bearing in mind the in¿nite number of combinations between:
¾ quantity of terminals
¾ relevant cross section
¾ class of temperature
¾ ambient temperature
Accessories upon request
22
...we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up compatible terminals strips. A free copy
of CALCUBOX is usually supplied with the Product Catalogue CD and is also available for
download from our website.
Identi¿cation label in AISI 304, spot welded on cover plate.
Inside anti-condensation painting.
Hinged Cover Stainless steel AISI 316L made
Threaded holes suitable for cable glands, plugs and conduit ¿ttings, either with Metric pitch 1.5,
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125.
Mounting plate made of AISI316, thickness 1,5 mm
Terminal Boxes
AQ/AR
Maximum number of entries
½” M20
TYPE
A
¾” M25
B
A
B
1” M32
A
1 ¼” M40
1 ½” M50
2” M63
2 ½” M75
3” M80
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
A
B
B
AQ 6
12*
12*
10*
10*
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
-
-
-
-
AQ 8
24**
24**
14*
14*
12
12
5
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
AR 2
10*
6*
8*
4*
3
2
3
2
2
1
2
1
-
-
-
-
AR 4
12*
10*
10*
8*
4
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
-
-
-
-
AR 6
16*
12*
14*
10*
6
4
5
4
4
3
3
3
-
-
-
-
AR 8
36**
24**
20*
14*
18*
12*
7
5
6
4
5
3
4
3
4
2
AR 8A
36**
36**
20*
20*
18*
18*
7
7
6
6
5
5
4
4
4
4
(*)
(**)
Located on two rows
Located on three rows
Range
TYPE
CODE
A mm
B mm C mm D mm
E mm
F mm
Weight
Kg.
Internal Mounting Plate
mm
Code
AQ 6
A.4110.06
270
270
130
325
177
350
4,5
222 x 222
P.4110.44
AQ 8
A.4110.08
350
350
160
405
257
430
5,6
302 x 302
P.4110.45
AR 2
A.4100.02
200
137
130
192
-
217
4,0
152 x 89
P.4100.46
AR 4
A.4100.04
270
200
130
255
177
280
7,0
222 x 152
P.4100.47
AR 6
A.4100.06
350
270
130
325
257
350
9,5
302 x 222
P.4100.48
AR 8
A.4100.08
500
350
160
405
407
430
13,0
452 x 302
P.4100.49
AR 8A
A.4100.18
500
500
160
555
407
580
14,5
452 x 452
P.4100.50
Dimensions
23
Terminal Boxes
AQ/AR
The AQ/AR Enclosure series with gland plates are made of Stainless
Steel AISI 316, and are especially recommended for chemical agent
environment, sea-water corrosion, low and high temperature, and other
heavy duties.
Specifications
Material
Stainless Steel AISI 316L
IP Rating
IP66
Temperature
-50°C to +60°C
Certification
& Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 01ATEX0005X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00496
Standards
EN 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex e II T6/T5
Ex ia IIC T6/T5
Ex e ia IIC T6/T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Cover gasket
POR 303/F/GR/CIG
Surface treatment
Internal and External shot blasting
Material thickness
Body and cover made of AISI 316L thickness 1.5 mm
Earthing
Internal and External earth stud made in AISI 316 suitable for earth wire up to 35 sqmm.
Drain plug
Drain and breather devices type ECR-1, ECR-2, ECR-11 (Optional)
Standard
identification
Identi¿cation nameplate is made of high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer
inscriptions
Quantity for entries
Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: see table
Quantity for
terminals
Bearing in mind the in¿nite number of combinations between:
• quantity of terminals
• relevant cross section
• class of temperature
• ambient temperature
...we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips.
A free copy of CALCUBOX is usually supplied with the CD Catalog and is also available
to download from our website.
Accessories
upon request
Mounting plate made in AISI 316L thickness 1.5 mm.
Identi¿cation label Stainless steel AISI 304 made, spot welded on cover.
Inside anti-condensation painting.
Hinged cover Stainless steel AISI 316L made.
Threaded holes suitable for cable glands, plugs and conduit ¿ttings,
either with Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125.
24
Terminal Boxes
AQ/AR
Maximum number of entries
TYPE
½” M20
1 ¼” M40
1 ½” M50
A
B
A
¾” M25
B
A
1” M32
B
A
B
A
B
A
2” M63
B
2 ½” M75
A
B
A
3” M80
B
AQ 6 / FR
5
5
5
5
4
4
3
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AQ 8 /FR
14*
14*
6
6
5
5
4
4
4
4
3
3
-
-
-
-
AR 4 /FR
5
4
5
3
4
2
3
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AR 6 /FR
7
5
6
5
5
4
4
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AR 8 /FR
22*
14*
10
6
8
5
7
4
6
4
5
3
-
-
-
-
AR 8A/FR
22*
22*
10
10
8
8
7
7
6
6
5
5
-
-
-
-
(*) Located on two rows
“FR” is the abbreviation for removable plates, “FR” is not shown in the type number certi¿cate
Range
TYPE
Code
A
B
C
D
E
F
I
mm.
mm.
mm.
mm.
mm.
mm.
mm.
L mm.
1-3
2-4
Mounting Plate
mm.
Code
Weight
Kg
AQ 6/FR
A.4010.06
286
286
130
325
177
350
59
228
228
222 x 222
P.4110.44
5.0
AQ 8/FR
A.4010.08
366
366
160
405
257
430
89
308
308
302 x 302
P.4110.45
6.5
AR 4/FR
A.4000.04
286
216
130
255
177
280
59
228
158
222 x 152
P.4100.47
7.3
AR 6/FR
A.4000.06
366
286
130
325
257
350
59
308
228
302 x 222
P.4100.48
10.0
AR 8/FR
A.4000.08
516
366
160
405
407
430
89
458
308
452 x 302
P.4100.49
13.7
AR 8A/FR
A.4000.18
516
516
160
555
407
580
89
458
458
452 x 452
P.4100.50
15.2
Dimensions
25
26
Terminal Boxes
TNCN
The TNCN range of boxes and cabinets is designed for use in any
environments where an explosive atmosphere may be present.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Cover gasket
Surface treatment
Material thickness
Earthing
Drain Plug
Acid Resistant Stainless Steel SS316
IP66 (IP67 and IP68 upon request)
-40ºC to +40ºC (T5)
-40ºC to +60ºC (T6/T4)
Option: -40ºC to +200ºC
ATEX DNV-2001-OSL-ATEX-0176 and GOST
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
Ex e II T5 (alt. T6/T4)
Ex [ia] IIC T6
II 2 G
Neoprene (temp. -40ºC to +100ºC)
Silicone (temp. -40ºC to +200ºC)
Acidized Pickling as standard
Electropolished as an option
Min. 1,5 mm (depending on the box size)
Internal earth bar/bracket
External earth bracket
Optional
Terminal box: maximum heat dissipation number of terminals
Maximum heat dissipation
Box stype
Max. dissipated power at
Tamb=40°C
1210XX
6W
1515XX
15 W
2828XX
30 W
3020 XX
30 W
3845XX
50 W
3857XX
65 W
5757XX
90 W
5776XX
120 W
The maximum dissipated power level
for terminal box sizes not listed in the
above table is equal to the nearest smaller
size box.
TNCN
Range of stocked boxes
Type
121009**
151510**
202010
202015
204015
282815
282827
302015
383815
383827
384515
385715
575715
575730
577620
769520
A
B
C
Width (cm) Height (cm) Depth (cm)
12
10
9
15
15
10
20
20
10
20
20
15
20
40
15
28
28
15
28
28
27
30
20
15
38
38
15
38
38
27
38
45
15
38
57
15
57
57
15
57
57
30
57
76
20
76
95
20
Volume
(dm3)
1,08
2,25
4,00
6,00
12,00
11,76
21,17
9,00
21,66
38,99
25,65
32,49
48,74
97,47
86,64
144,4
Weight
(kg)
1,5
2,5
3,00
3,5
5,4
5,2
7,0
5,0
8,1
10,3
8,9
10,7
16,4
21,4
21,7
32,9
TNCN Measurement Table – range of stocked boxes.
Other sizes are available upon request. The boxes are delivered as standard with
left hinged covers held to the enclosure by screws.
Quick locks, screws only, or other systems can be delivered upon request.
** No hinges – screws only
27
Terminal Boxes
TNCN
A or B
Width/
Height
(cm)
15
20
30
38
40
45
57
76
C
Depth
(cm)
M20
M25
10
6
4
15
12
8
20
14
9
Entry Matrix
27
24
17
This table lists our recommendations for the maximum
quantity of glands for installation in 1 face (the width
column in the table) on TNCN Junction Boxes.
10
9
6
15
18
13
20
22
15
27
36
25
10
14
9
15
27
18
20
36
22
27
57
36
10
18
11
15
36
25
20
48
30
27
72
50
10
20
12
15
38
25
20
42
30
27
72
50
10
21
14
15
42
32
20
50
33
27
84
60
10
27
20
15
54
38
20
63
42
30
108
74
10
38
26
15
75
45
20
100
70
27
144
105
Dimensions
28
Note: Recommended quantity.
MCT-frames can be ¿tted in boxes
with a minimum depth of 20 cm.
Terminal Boxes
AQ/AL and AR/AL
AQ…-AL/AR…-AL Series Enclosures are highly recommended for chemical agent environments, or those with a high level of exposure to H2O,
H2SO4, sea-water corrosion, low and high temperatures, and other heavy
duty environments. The body and cover is made of Copper free Aluminium and have a thickness of 8 mm.
Specifications
Material
Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)
IP Rating
IP66
Temperature
-50°C to +60°C
Certification
& Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 01ATEX0005X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00496
Standards
EN 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex e II T6/T5
Ex ia IIC T6/T5
Ex e ia IIC T6/T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Lid/Door gasket
Neoprene
Surface treatment
Painted Polyurethane ¿nish (standard) RAL 6003 colours
External polyurethane customized painting
Material thickness
Body and cover thickness 8 mm, or more
Earthing
Internal and external earth stud made in AISI 304 suitable for earth wire up to 35 sqmm
Drain plug
Drain and breather devices type ECR-1, ECR-2, ECR-11 (Optional)
Standard
identification
Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer
inscriptions
Quantity for entries
Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: see table
Quantity for
terminals
Bearing in mind the in¿nite variety of combinations available:
• quantity of terminals
• relevant cross section
• class of temperature
• ambient temperature
...we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips. A free copy of
CALCUBOX is usually supplied with the CD version of the Product Catalog and is also available as a
download from our website.
Accessories
on request
Identi¿cation label resin/trafolite made with ¿xing screws
Identi¿cation label stainless steel AISI 304 made with ¿xing screws
Inside anti-condensation painting
Hinged Cover Stainless steel AISI 304 made. Hinges ¿xed by bolts
Threaded holes suitable for cable glands, plugs and conduit ¿tting, either with metric pitch 1.5, ANSI
B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
29
Terminal Boxes
AQ/AL and AR/AL
Entries surface available
Box Type
Code
AQ-8A HTH AL
AR-8 HTH AL
AR-8A HTH AL
AR-8A S AL
AR-8A L AL
A.4200.04
A.4200.05
A.4200.06
A.4200.07
A.4200.08
Entries surface available
Short side A
Length side B
138 x 270
138 x 270
90 x 260
90 x 417
90 x 417
90 x 417
90 x 260
90 x 590
160 x 490
160 x 750
Maximum number of entries
Box Type
AQ-8A HTH AL
AR-8 HTH AL
AR-8A HTH AL
AR-8A S AL
AR-8A L AL
(*)
(**)
(***)
½” M20
A
B
31**
31**
36**
24**
36**
36**
50**
34**
76*** 48***
¾” M25
A
B
18*
18*
20*
14*
20*
20*
28*
20*
48*** 30***
1” M32
A
B
16*
16*
18*
12*
18*
18*
25*
17*
39*** 24***
1 ¼” M40
A
B
7
7
7
5
7
7
10
7
22*
14*
1 ½” M50
A
B
5
5
6
4
6
6
8
6
20*
12*
2” M63
A
B
4
4
5
3
5
5
7
4
8
5
2 ½” M75
A
B
4
4
4
3
4
4
6
4
7
4
3” M80
A
B
3
3
4
2
4
4
6
3
6
4
Located on two rows
Located on three rows
Located on four rows
Range: Enclosures with High thickness wall (Hth)
External Dimensions Internal Dimensions
Box Type
AQ-8A HTH AL
AR-8 HTH AL
AR-8A HTH AL
AR-8A S AL
AR-8A L AL
Dimensions
30
Code
A.4200.04
A.4200.05
A.4200.06
A.4200.07
A.4200.08
A
(mm)
332
330
495
330
580
B
(mm)
332
495
495
660
840
C
(mm)
178
171
171
177
205
D
(mm)
302
304
461
302
540
E
(mm)
302
455
461
622
800
F
(mm)
155
151
151
150
178
Fixing
Dimensions
G
(mm)
315
470
470
635
810
H
(mm)
310
320
470
305
560
Mounting Plate
Dimension
(mm)
294x294
270x455
432x432
270x622
500x760
Weight
Kg
1.25
1,80
3,00
2,70
10
Wall
thickness
(mm)
12
12
12
12
12
Weight
Kg
8,00
12,40
17,30
16,70
36,00
Terminal Boxes
TNUP
The TNUP range of boxes is suitable for Petrochemical, Marine and
other applications where an explosive atmosphere may be present.
Specifications
Material
Glass ¿bre reinforced polyester (GRP)
IP Rating
IP66 according to IEC 529
Temperature -20ºC to +40ºC (T6)
Approvals DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0207X
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
Ex-Code
Earthing
Drain Plug
Glands
Terminals
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
EN50020, IEC/EN 60079-11
IEC 60529
Ex e II T6
Ex e[ia] IIC T6
II 2 G
PE bar and/or earth terminals
Earth continuity plate/ earth tag upon request
Upon request
Plastic or metal, quantities according to table
According to table
TNUP – Range of stocked boxes
Entry Table
Type
121209
A
Width
(mm)
123
B
Height
(mm)
120
C
Depth
(mm)
91
Weight
(kg)
1,1
GA-Dwg.
TNU-35-6
161609
160
160
92
1,5
TNU-36-6
Depth
252512
255
250
120
2,9
TNU-37-6
361609
360
160
92
2,5
TNU-39-6
402512
400
250
120
4,3
TNU-49-6
404117
400
405
165
6,1
TNU-40-6
09
12
16
Side
Width
12
A/B
M20
4
A/B
M25
3
A/B
M32
2
A/B
M40
1
16
6
4
2
2
36
18
11
7
5
25
17
11
7
4
40
27
17
13
6
40
40
27
20
16
The boxes are delivered with screws in lid as standard
Dimensions
31
32
Control Equipment - Components
Pushbutton
HarmAtex pushbutton, Ex ed, Metal and Platstic
Emergency Mushroom
HarmAtex Emergency Mushroom, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic
Selector Switch
HarmAtex Selector Switch, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic
Illuminated Unit
HarmAtex Illuminated Unit, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic
Pilot Light
HarmAtex Pilot Light, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic
Contactblock
HarmAtex Contactblock, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic
Pushbuttons
Ex d Components
Rotary Selector Switches
Ex d Components
Pilot Lamps
Ex d Components
Contacts
Ex d Components
34
36
37
39
41
42
43
44
45
45
33
Control Equipment - Components
Pushbutton
The HarmAtex pushbutton range features large Àush, projecting or
mushroom type heads - and a choice of push-push or spring-return
actuation mode. The metal and plastic heads allow numerous combinations for the control panel.
The product range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads,
selector switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot
lights, accessories. To meet the high standards and demands of our
customers, the HarmAtex range is constantly being updated and
improved, and offers Àexible design solutions, such as up to 6 contacts blocks (up to 3 elements next to each other in max 2 layers),
and up to 4 elements at illuminatied switches.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Connection
Metal and Plastic
IP66 according to IEC 60529
-20°C to +80°C
INERIS02ATEX9007U
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018,
EN50019, 50028, EN50281-1-1
Ex ed IIC 2 GD
Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm
Mounting centres 30x40mm (WxH)
Depth below head 58mm (one contact layer)
Screw clamp terminals
Rated
Operational Characteristics
AC15; A 600
Ue=400 V Ie=1,8 A or
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A or
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A
DC13; Q600
Ue=400 V Ie=0,15 A or
Ue=250 V Ie=0,27 A or
Ue=125 V Ie=0,55 A
ADD:
Head Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 5
Contact Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 1
34
Ø22 pushbutton
Type
Pushbutton,
Flush
Pushbutton,
Projecting
Lid mounting
Colour
Contact
Reference
w/metal bezel
 White
NO
XBW4BA11
z Black
NO
XBW4BA21
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
NO
NC
NO
NO
XBW4BA31
XBW4BA42
XBW4BA51
XBW4BA61
 White
z Black
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
NO
NO
NO
NC
NO
NO
XBW4BL11
XBW4BL21
XBW4BL31
XBW4BL42
XBW4BL51
XBW4BL61
Reference
w/plastic bezel
Base mounting
Reference
w/plastic bezel
Control Equipment - Components
Pushbutton
Ø22 pushbutton
Lid mounting
Contact
NO
NO
NO
NC
NO
NO
 White
z Black
z Green
z Red
NO
NO
NO
NC
XBW4BH11
XBW4BH21
XBW4BH31
XBW4BH42
z Yellow
NO
XBW4BH51
z Blue
NO
XBW4BH61
 White
NO
XBW4BP11S
XBW5AP11S
XBW5AP11SP
z Black
NO
XBW4BP21S
XBW5AP21S
XBW5AP21SP
z Green
NO
XBW4BP31S
XBW5AP31S
XBW5AP31SP
z Red
NC
XBW4BP42S
XBW5AP42S
XBW5AP42SP
z Yellow
NO
XBW4BP51S
XBW5AP51S
XBW5AP51SP
z Blue
NO
XBW4BP61S
XBW5AP61S
XBW5AP61SP
 White
NO
XBW4BC11
XBW5AC11
XBW5AC11P
z Black
NO
XBW4BC21
XBW5AC21
XBW5AC21P
z Green
NO
XBW4BC31
XBW5AC31
XBW5AC31P
z Red
NC
XBW4BC42
XBW5AC42
XBW5AC42P
z Yellow
NO
XBW4BC51
XBW5AC51
XBW5AC51P
z Blue
NO
XBW4BC61
XBW5AC61
XBW5AC61P
Type
Colour
Pushbutton,
 White
“push-push” to release, Flush z Black
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
Rated
Operational Characteristics
AC15; A 600
Ue=400 V Ie=1,8 A or
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A or
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A
DC13; Q600
Ue=400 V Ie=0,15 A or
Ue=250 V Ie=0,27 A or
Ue=125 V Ie=0,55 A
Pushbutton,
“push-push” to release,
Projecting
Pushbutton,
with coloured silicone boot,
Flush
Head Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 5
Contact Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 1
Base mounting
Reference
w/metal bezel
XBW4BH011
XBW4BH021
XBW4BH031
XBW4BH042
XBW4BH051
XBW4BH061
Reference
w/plastic bezel
Reference
w/plastic bezel
Mushroom Pushbutton
Pushbutton Ø40mm
mushroom head,
Spring return
Dimensions (mm)
35
Control Equipment - Components
Emergency Mushroom
The HarmAtex emergency mushroom is available with or without a key
as unlocking system. Standard equipment features a normally close contact, with the option of additional contacts to increase contacts ef¿ciency.
The HarmAtex range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads, selector
switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot lights, complementary parts and spare parts. To meet the high standards and demands
of our customers, the HarmAtex range is constantly being updated and
improved, and offers Àexible design solutions such as up to 6 contacts/
switches (with a maximum of 2 on top of one another) and up to 4 contacts/illuminated switches.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Mounting centres
Depth below head
Connection
Metal and Plastic
IP66 according to IEC 60529
–20°C to +80°C
INERIS02ATEX9007U
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019, EN50281-1-1
Ex ed IIC 2 GD
Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm (recommended 22,4)
30x40mm (WxH)
58mm (one contact layer)
Screw clamp terminals
Emergency stop mushroom pushbutton
Rated
Operational Characteristics
AC15; A 600
Ue=400 V Ie=1,8 A or
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A or
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A
DC13; Q600
Ue=400 V Ie=0,15 A or
Ue=250 V Ie=0,27 A or
Ue=125 V Ie=0,55 A
Reference
w/plastic bezel
XBW5AT42P
XBW5AT842P
w/trigger action
Type
Colour
Contact
z Red
NC
z Black
NO
XBW4BT42
XBW5AT42
XBW4BT842
XBW5AT842
w/trigger action w/trigger action
XBW4BT21
Ø40mm latching mushroom
head pushbutton, key 455
z Red
z Black
NC
NO
XBW4BS142
XBW4BS121
XBW5AS142 (1)
XBW5AS142P
Ø40mm latching mushroom
head pushbutton,
turn to release
z Red
z Black
NC
NO
XBW4BS542
XBW4BS521
XBW5AS542 (1)
XBW5AS542P
(1) Provided with metallic screw
36
Base mounting
Reference
w/plastic bezel
Ø40mm latching mushroom
head pushbutton,
“push-pull”
Head Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 5
Contact Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 1
Dimensions (mm)
Lid mounting
Reference
w/metal bezel
Control Equipment - Components
Selector Switch
The HarmAtex range of selector switches feature a large range of head
designs, with the option for 2 or 3 positions, and the choice of a stay-put
or spring-return acutation mode. Metal and Plastic heads allow for a variety of control panel combinations. All our selector switches are available
without key, with standard key no. 455 or with other keys upon request.
The current range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads, selector
switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot lights, complementary parts and spare parts. The range are improved and reinforced of
previous versions. Flexible product range Up to 6 contacts/switch (max. 2
on the top of each other). Up to 4 contacts/illuminated switch.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Mounting centres
Depth below head
Connection
Key
Metal and Plastic
IP66 according to IEC 60529
–20°C to +80°C
INERIS02ATEX9007U
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019, EN50281-1-1
Ex ed IIC 2 GD
Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm (recommended 22,4)
30x40mm (WxH)
58mm (one contact layer)
Screw clamp terminals
Key n°455 as standard, other upon request
Dimensions (mm)
37
Control Equipment - Components
Selector Switch
Selector switches and key switches
Lid mounting
Contact
Rated
Operational
Characte-ristics
AC15; A 600
Ue=600 V Ie=1,8 A
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A
Ue=250 V Ie=0,27 A
Ue=125 V Ie= 0,55 A
Base mounting
Reference
w/plastic bezel
Number and type
Selector
switches
with
standard
handle,
black
2 stay put
NO
XBW4BD21
XBW5AD21
XBW5AD21P
2 spring return
NO
XBW4BD41
XBW5AD41
XBW5AD41P
Selector
switches
with wheel
handle,
black
Selector
switches
with long
handle,
black
Selector
switches
with key
455, black
3 stay put
•
NO + NO
XBW4BD33
XBW5AD33
XBW5AD33P
3 spring return to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BD53
XBW5AD53
XBW5AD53P
3 spring return from left to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BD73
XBW5AD73
XBW5AD73P
3 spring return from right to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BD83
XBW5AD83
XBW5AD83P
NO
XBW4BD291
XBW5AD291
XBW5AD291P
2 stay put
2 spring return
NO
XBW4BD491
XBW5AD491
XBW5AD491P
3 stay put
•
NO + NO
XBW4BD393
XBW5AD393
XBW5AD393P
3 spring return to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BD593
XBW5AD593
XBW5AD593P
3 spring return from left to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BD793
XBW5AD793
XBW5AD793P
3 spring return from right to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BD893
XBW5AD893
XBW5AD893P
2 stay put
NO
XBW4BJ21
XBW5AJ21
XBW5AJ21P
2 spring return
NO
XBW4BJ41
XBW5AJ41
XBW5AJ41P
3 stay put
•
NO + NO
XBW4BJ33
XBW5AJ33
XBW5AJ33P
3 spring return to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BJ53
XBW5AJ53
XBW5AJ53P
3 spring return from left to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BJ73
XBW5AJ73
XBW5AJ73P
3 spring return from right to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BJ83
XBW5AJ83
XBW5AJ83P
2 stay put key withdrawal in left position
NO
XBW4BG21
XBW5AG21
XBW5AG21P
2 stay put key withdrawal in both position
NO
XBW4BG41
XBW5AG41
XBW5AG41P
2 spring return from right to left
NO
XBW4BG61
XBW5AG61
XBW5AG61P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in 3 positions
•
NO + NO
XBW4BG03
XBW5AG03
XBW5AG03P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in center position
•
NO + NO
XBW4BG33
XBW5AG33
XBW5AG33P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in left or right position
•
NO + NO
XBW4BG53
XBW5AG53
XBW5AG53P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in left position
•
NO + NO
XBW4BG93
XBW5AG93
XBW5AG93P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in right position
•
NO + NO
XBW4BG093
XBW5AG093
XBW5AG093P
3 spring return from left to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BG13
XBW5AG13
XBW5AG13P
3 spring return to center
•
NO + NO
XBW4BG73
XBW5AG73
XBW5AG73P
3 spring return from right to center, key
withdrawal in center position
•
NO + NO
XBW4BG83
XBW5AG83
XBW5AG83P
3 spring return from right to center, key
withdrawal in left position
•
NO + NO
XBW4BG083
XBW5AG083
XBW5AG083P
Toggle
2 stay put
witches,
2 spring return
black lever
• This selector switch can have an extra N/C contact block on the central position.
The central N/C contact block is acting on left and right position.
Contact us for further information.
38
Reference
w/plastic
bezel
Type
DC13; Q600
Ue=400 V Ie=0,15 A
Reference
w/metal
bezel
NO
XBW4BD281
XBW5AD281
XBW5AD281P
NO
XBW4BD481
XBW5AD481
XBW5AD481P
Control Equipment - Components
Illuminated Unit
The HarmAtex range of illuminated unit switch is composed of pushbutton
and selector switches, with a large type of head. Metal and plastic head
allow various combinations for control panel.
HarmAtex range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads, selector
switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot lights, complementary parts and spare parts. To meet the high standards and demands
of our customers, the HarmAtex range is constantly being updated and
improved, and offers Àexible design solutions such as up to 6 contacts/
switches (with a maximum of 2 on top of one another) and up to 4 contacts/ illuminated switches.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Mounting centres
Depth below head
Connection
Metal and Plastic
IP66 according to IEC 60529
–20°C to +65°C
INERIS04ATEX9003U, INERIS 02ATEX9007U
Cenelec EN50014, EN50019, 50028, EN50281-1-1
Ex ed IIC / Ex em II 2 GD
Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm (recommended 22,4)
30x40mm (WxH)
58mm (one contact layer)
Screw clamp terminals
Rated Operational Characteristics
Illuminated Pushbutton
Lid mounting
Colour
Contact
Reference
w/metal bezel
 White
NO
XLW4BW3131
z Green
NO
XLW4BW3331
z Red
NC
XLW4BW3432
Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 1
z Yellow
NO
XLW4BW3531
Service life (LED):
100,000 hours at ambient temperature
z Blue
NO
XLW4BW3631
AC15; A 600
Ue = 400 V Ie = 1,8 A
Ue = 240 V Ie = 3 A
Ue = 120 V Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600
Ue = 400 V Ie = 0,15 A
Ue = 250 V Ie = 0,27 A
Ue = 125 V Ie = 0,55 A
Integral LED – 24V to 415V AC/DC
Type
Illuminated Pushbutton,
Flush
39
Control Equipment - Components
Illuminated Unit
Illuminated selector switch
Type
Illuminated Selector,
2 positions, stay put
Illuminated Selector,
2 positions, spring
return
Illuminated Selector,
3 positions, stay put
Illuminated Selector,
3 positions, spring
return to centre
Dimensions (mm)
40
Colour
 White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
 White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
 White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
 White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
Lead mounting
Contact
NO
NO
NC
NO
NO
NO
NO
NC
NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
Reference
w/metal bezel
XLW4BK12131
XLW4BK12331
XLW4BK12432
XLW4BK12531
XLW4BK12631
XLW4BK14131
XLW4BK14331
XLW4BK14432
XLW4BK14531
XLW4BK13133
XLW4BK13333
XLW4BK13433
XLW4BK13533
XLW4BK13633
XLW4BK15133
XLW4BK15433
XLW4BK15533
Illuminated selector switch
Type
Illuminated Selector,
3 positions, spring
return left to centre
Illuminated Selector,
3 positions, spring
return right to centre
Colour
 White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
 White
z Green
z Red
z Yellow
z Blue
Lead mounting
Contact
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
NO+NO
Reference
w/metal bezel
XLW4BK17133
XLW4BK17333
XLW4BK17433
XLW4BK17533
XLW4BK17633
XLW4BK18133
XLW4BK18333
XLW4BK18433
XLW4BK18533
XLW4BK18633
Control Equipment - Components
Pilot Light
The Harmatex range of pilot lights is available in 5 colors. The capabilities
of this product are greatly appreciated by our customers in order to signal
actions on their control panels, and by electrical service professionals on
their signal units.
Harmatex range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads, selector
switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot lights, complementary parts and spare parts. To meet the high standards and demands
of our customers, the Harmatex range is constantly being updated and
improved, and offers À exible design solutions such as up to 6 contacts/
switches (with a maximum of 2 on top of one another) and up to 4 contacts/illuminated switches.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Mounting centres
Depth below head
Connection
Metal and Plastic
IP66 according to IEC 60529
–20°C to +65°C
INERIS04ATEX9003U
Cenelec EN50014, EN50019, 50028, EN50281-1-1
Ex em II 2 GD
Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm (recommended 22,4)
30x40mm (WxH)
58mm (one contact layer)
Screw clamp terminals
Pilot lights, spare parts and complementary parts
Complet Pilot light with integral LED
24V to 415V AC/DC
Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 5
Service life (LED):
100,000 hours
at ambient temperature
Type
Integral LED multivoltage, multi current
Colour
Lid mounting
Reference
Reference
w/metal bezel w/plastic bezel
 White
z Green
XLW4BV013
XLW5AV013
XLW4BV033
XLW5AV033
z Red
XLW4BV043
XLW5AV043
z Yellow
XLW4BV053
XLW5AV053
z Blue
XLW4BV063
XLW5AV063
Pilot light with integral LED 24V to 415V AC/DC for coloured head
Type
Colour
Reference
ZBWV1
 White
Integral LED – 24V to 415V AC/DC
Pilot light for coloured head
z Green
ZBWV3
z Red
ZBWV1
z Yellow
ZBWV1
z Blue
ZBWV1
41
Control Equipment - Components
Contact block
The HarmAtex contactblock normally open or normally closed allows
for a variety of possible combinations with our command units.
HarmAtex range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads, selector switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot lights,
complementary parts and spare parts. To meet the high standards and
demands of our customers, the HarmAtex range is constantly being
updated and improved, and offers Àexible design solutions such as up
to 6 contacts/switches (with a maximum of 2 on top of one another)
and up to 4 contacts/illuminated switches.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Mounting centres
Depth below head
Connection
Metal and Plastic
IP66 according to IEC 60529
–20°C to +80°C
INERIS02ATEX9007U
Cenelec EN50014, EN50019, 50028, EN50281-1-1
Ex ed IIC / II 2 GD
Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm (recommended 22,4)
30x40mm (WxH)
58mm (one contact layer)
Screw clamp terminals
Contactblocks, spare parts and complementary parts
Rated Operational
Characteristics
Contact Block
AC15; A 600
Ue= 400 V Ie= 1,8 A
Ue= 240 V Ie= 3 A
Ue= 120 V Ie= 6 A
Type
DC13; Q600
Ue= 400 V Ie= 0,15 A
Ue= 250 V Ie= 0,27 A
Ue= 125 V Ie= 0,55 A
42
Contact
Reference
w/metal bezel
Reference
w/plastic bezel
NO contact block for lead mounting
NC contact block for lead mounting
NO contact block for base plate mounting
NC contact block for base plate mounting
NO contact block with bracket
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
ZBWE101
ZBWE102
ZBWE1111
ZBWE1121
ZBWZ101
ZBWZ1010
NC contact block with bracket
NC
ZBWZ102
ZBWZ1020
Control Equipment – Components
Components for certified Ex d enclosures
Pushbutton PLA
Pushbutton Operators - Modular Barrel M32.
Code
Type
Colour
Description
Weight (kg)
276.11
PLA 10
Black
Start pushbutton operator
0,150
276.12
PLA 20
Red
Stop pushbutton operator
0,150
276.13
PLA 30
Green
0,150
Pushbutton PLB
Pushbutton Lockable Operators - Modular Barrel M32.
Code
Type
Colour
Description Weight (kg)
276.14
PLB 10
Black
0,180
276.15
PLB 20
Red
0,180
276.16
PLB 30
Green
0,180
Pushbutton PLF
Key Pushbutton Operator - Modular Barrel M32.
Code
Type
Colour
279.11
PLF 10-01/12
Black
Description Weight (kg)
0,200
Pushbutton PLC-I
Mushroom-Head Momentary Pushbutton Operator Modular Barrel M32.
Code
Type
Colour
276.17
PLC-I
Red
Description
Weight (kg)
0,150
Pushbutton PLC-S
Mushroom-Head Mantained Pushbutton Operator Modular Barrel M32.
Code
Type
Colour
276.18
PLC-S
Red
Description
Weight (kg)
0,150
Pushbutton PLC-S Lockable
Lockable Safety Guard for PLC-S: Mushroom-Head Maintained
Pushbutton Operator - Modular Barrel M32.
Type
Colour
PLC-S
Lockable
Red
Description
Weight (kg)
0,210
Note: Valid for all M32 Barrels.
To be used with our certified Ex d enclosures only.
43
Control Equipment – Components
Components for certified Ex d enclosures
Pilot Lamps and Relative Tubolar Lamps
Pilot Lamps Operator – Modular Barrel M32
Code
Type
Colour
Description
Weight
(kg)
277.11
PLD 10
White
0,130
277.12
PLD 20
Red
0,130
277.13
PLD 30
Green
0,130
277.14
PLD 40
Yellow
0,130
PLD 50
Blue
0,130
Tubular Lamps for Pilot Lamp PLD…
Type with lamp holder BA9S: 10x28
Code
Type
H001072
L BA 110/130V
H001073
L BA 220/260V
H001070
L BA 24/30V
H001071
L BA 48V
Description
Incandescent Lamps
with sockets
BA9S – 3 W*
* Enclosures equipped with pilot light + incandescent lamps
will have the Temperature Class = T4
LED for Pilot Lamp PLD…
Type with lamp holder BA9S: 10x28
Code
Type
Colour
Voltage
H001312
LED BA9S 110V-B
White
110V
H001311
LED BA9S 110V-G Yellow
110V
H001309
LED BA9S 110V-R Red
110V
H001310
LED BA9S 110V-V
Green
110V
H001304
LED BA9S 12V-B-
White
12V
H001303
LED BA9S 12V-G
Yellow
12V
H001301
LED BA9S 12V-R
Red
12V
H001302
LED BA9S 12V-V
Green
12V
H001316
LED BA9S 220-B
White
220V
H001315
LED BA9S 220-G
Yellow
220V
H001313
LED BA9S 220-R
Red
220V
H001314
LED BA9S 220-V
Green
220V
H001308
LED BA9S 24V-B
White
24V
H001307
LED BA9S 24V-G
Yellow
24V
H001305
LED BA9S 24V-R
Red
24V
H001306
LED BA9S 24V-V
Green
24V
Enclosures equipped with pilot light + LED lamps
will have the Temperature Class = T5/T6
Note: Valid for all M32 Barrels.
To be used with our certified Ex d enclosures only.
44
Control Equipment – Components
Components for certified Ex d enclosures
Selector Switches (nominal current AC1-600V)
– Modular Barrel M32
Code
Type
Poles
Rating A
Weight (kg)
542.51
PSRC 120
1
20
0,130
542.52
PSRC 220
2
20
0,160
542.53
PSRC 320
3
20
0,200
542.54
PSRC 420
4
20
0,200
543.51
PSRC 132
1
32
0,200
543.52
PSRC 232
2
32
0,200
543.53
PSRC 332
3
32
0,250
543.54
PSRC 432
4
32
0,250
PSRC – C
Step Switches (nominal current AC1-600V)
– Modular Barrel M32
Code
Type
Poles
Rating A
Weight (kg)
545.51
545.52
PSRC-C-120
1
20
0,130
PSRC-C-220
2
20
0,200
545.53
PSRC-C-320
3
20
0,250
PSRC – D
Change Over Switches (nominal current AC1-600V)
– Modular Barrel M32
Code
Type
Poles
Rating A
Weight (kg)
544.51
PSRC-D-120
1
20
0,130
544.52
PSRC-D-220
2
20
0,200
544.53
PSRC-D-320
3
20
0,250
Maximum 4 contact blocks for each operators
Code
Type
Description
280.1
ELC - NO
NO FOR Pushbutton
operator
Weight (kg)
0,006
280.2
ELC - NC
NC FOR Pushbutton
operator
0,006
ELC – NC/NO
NC+NO Contact block
combintation
ELC – NO/NC
NO+NC Contact block
combination
Note: Valid for all M32 Barrels.
To be used with our certified Ex d enclosures only.
45
46
Control Stations
XAWG-XAWF- XAWFS
Complete Control Station, Ex e/ed/em/emd, GRP/Zinc Alloy/AISI 316
XAWE
Enclosure, Ex e/em/ed/emd, Plastic
XAWG-XAWF-XAWFS
Enclosure for Control Station, Ex e/ed/em/emd, GRP/Zinc Alloy/AISI 316
XAWP
Pendant Control Station, Ex ed/emd, Metal, Rubber and GRP
EFE Series
Push Button Stations, Ex e/em/de/dem, GRP
TNCC
Control Box/Station, Ex e/i, AISI 316
TNUC
Control Box/Station, Ex e/i, GRP
XADW/XAEW
Complete Control Station, Ex d, Aluminium
CP.../EFDCN Series
Enclosure for Push Button Stations, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium
CP.../EFSRC Series
Switches, Selector Switches, Push Button Stations, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium
EFQL Series
Miniature Circuit Breakers Enclosures, Ex d
EPKMZ Series
Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers Enclosures, Ex d
AC1WD/DE8BA
Motor Starter, Ex d, Aluminium
48
52
54
56
60
62
63
64
68
72
74
75
76
47
Control Stations
XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS
Technor ATEX Ex e empty enclosures are used with the HARMATEX range of pushbuttons and light units. The combination enables
our customers to customize each control station. The enclosures
can be delivered with 1 to 52 control units in lid. Small enclosures
are standard ¿tted with 1 M20 entry.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
GRP, zinc alloy, stainless steel
IP65 – IP66
–20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
INERIS 03ATEX0122
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019, N50028,
EN500281-1-1
Ex e II or em II or ed IIC or emd IIC T6 to T4
IP65 or IP66 T85°C to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD or 2 (1) GD
Dimensions
H
D
XAWG
W
W
H
H
D
W
XAWF
48
D
XAWFS
Control Stations
XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS
Control stations enclosures Ex e
Empty insulated enclosures
W
External dimensions in mm
H
D
85
146
70
85
226
70
85
281
70
Max. nbr. of
Ø22,2 cutout
1
2
3
2
4
5
Window for device Ø48mm
1
1
-
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
XAWG201
XAWG208
XAWG208
XAWG303
XAWG308
XAWG504
XAWG505
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
XAWG2C
XAWG2C
XAWG2C
XAWG3C
XAWG3C
XAWG5C
XAWG5C
Weight
kg
0,540
0,540
0,540
0,670
0,670
0,930
0,930
Max. nbr. of
Ø22,2 cutout
1
Window for device Ø48mm
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
XAWF101
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
XAWF1C
Weight
kg
0,610
XAWF202
XAWF208
XAWF303
XAWF308
XAWF404
XAWF606
XAWF2C
XAWF2C
XAWF3C
XAWF3C
XAWF4C
XAWF6C
0,820
0,820
1,150
1,150
1,400
1,900
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
XAWFS101
XAWFS202
XAWFS208
XAWFS303
XAWFS308
XAWFS404
XAWFS408
XAWFS505
XAWFS508
XAWFS606
XAWFS608
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
XAWFS1C
XAWFS2C
XAWFS3C
XAWFS4C
XAWFS5C
XAWFS6C
-
Weight
kg
1,000
1,200
1,200
1,400
1,400
1,600
1,600
1,900
1,900
2,100
2,100
Empty metal enclosures
W
External dimensions in mm
H
D
80
80
77
80
130
77
80
175
77
80
80
220
310
77
77
2
3
2
4
6
1
1
Empty stainless steel enclosures
W
External dimensions in mm
H
D
90
90
90
130
77
77
90
175
77
90
220
77
90
275
77
90
310
77
Max. nbr. of
Ø22,2 cutout
1
2
3
2
4
3
5
4
6
5
Window for device Ø48mm
1
1
1
1
1
Cable glands (maximum possible per side)
SIDE A/C
M20
M25
M32
References
1
1
-
XAWG2...
1
1
-
XAWG3...
1
1
-
XAWG5...
1
1
1
XAWF1-FS1...
1
1
1
XAWF2-FS2...
1
1
1
XAWF3-FS3...
1
1
1
XAWF4-FS4/5...
1
1
1
XAWF6-FS6...
49
Control Stations
XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS
Junction box enclosures Ex e
Empty insulated enclosures
External dimensions in mm
H
W
D
85
146
70
85
226
70
85
281
70
Max. nbr. of terminal
blocks to be ¿tted
Max terminal
capacity in
mm2
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
Weight
kg
XAWG9204
XAWG9210
XAWG9304
XAWG9310
XAWG9504
XAWG9510
XAWG92C
XAWG92C
XAWG93C
XAWG93C
XAWG95C
XAWG95C
0,450
0,450
0,700
0,700
0,800
0,800
Max terminal
capacity in
mm2
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
Weight
kg
XAWF9204
XAWF9210
XAWF9304
XAWF9310
XAWF9404
XAWF9410
XAWF9604
XAWF9610
XAWF92C
XAWF92C
XAWF93C
XAWF93C
XAWF94C
XAWF94C
XAWF96C
XAWF96C
0,810
0,810
1,150
1,150
1,380
1,380
1,900
1,900
Enclosure reference
with cutouts
Enclosure reference
witout cutouts
Weight
kg
7
15
Max terminal
capacity in
mm2
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
XAWFS9204
XAWFS9210
XAWFS9304
XAWFS92C
XAWFS93C
1,200
1,200
1,400
15
20
20
25
25
30
30
10
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
0 to 4
10
XAWFS9310
XAWFS9404
XAWFS9410
XAWFS9504
XAWFS9510
XAWFS9504
XAWFS9510
XAWFS94C
XAWFS95C
XAWFS96C
-
1,400
1,600
1,600
1,900
1,900
2,100
2,100
10
6
15
10
25
20
Empty metal enclosures
External dimensions in mm
H
W
D
80
130
77
80
175
77
80
220
77
80
310
77
Max. nbr. of Ø22,2
cutout
7
15
15
20
20
30
30
Empty stainless steel enclosures
External dimensions in mm
H
W
D
90
130
77
90
175
77
90
220
77
90
275
77
90
310
77
Max. nbr. of Ø22,2
cutout
Cable glands (maximum possible per side)
Cable glands (maximum possible per side)
SIDE B/D
SIDE A/C
M20
M25
M32
References
1
1
-
XAWG92...
1
1
-
XAWG93...
1
1
-
XAWG95...
1
1
1
XAWF92-FS92...
1
1
1
XAWF93-FS93...
1
1
1
XAWF94-FS94/5...
1
1
1
XAWF96-FS96...
50
M20
M25
M32
References
2
2
-
XAWG92...
4
4
-
XAWG93...
5
5
-
XAWG95...
2
1
1
XAWF92-FS92...
2
3
2
XAWF93-FS93...
5
4
3
XAWF94-FS94/5...
6
5
4
XAWF96-FS96...
Control Stations
XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS
Empty insulated enclosures
Dimensions in mm
Reference
Length
XAWG800
XAWG2526
XAWG2540
XAWG2560
151
255
400
600
241
250
250
250
XAWG4140
405
400
Number of control and signaling units
which can be mounted on the cover
Maximum permissible dissipation
for the enclosure W
87
120
120
120
8
15
30
45
40
60
100
170
120
48
160
Number of control and signaling units
which can be mounted on the cover
Maximum permissible dissipation
for the enclosure in W
Width Height
Metal enclosures
Reference
Dimensions in mm
Length Width Height
XAWF2320
XAWF2333
XAWF2340
200
330
400
230
230
230
110
110
110
10
15
24
40
85
100
XAWF2360
XAWF3140
XAWF3160
600
400
600
230
310
310
110
110
110
34
36
52
170
100
170
De¿nition of a junction box enclosure or control station:
Calculation of the total dissipation:
1 terminal 0 to 4 mm2
= 1,2W
1 terminal 0 to 10 mm2
= 2W
1 terminal 6 to 16 mm2
= 3,5W
1 terminal 16 to 35 mm2
= 5W
1 N/O contact block
1 N/C contact block
1 led pilot light
1 ammeter
= 0W
= 1W
= 1,5W
= 1,5W
For enquiries regarding cable gland enclosures capacity, please contact our sales of¿ce.
51
Control Stations
XAWE
This new range of enclosures has been designed for optimized use with
our HARMATEX Pushbutton range. Advanced coupling abilities mean that
customers need only 1 unit to realize a speci¿c control system. Our standard range of pushbutton unit covers the most used types, but tailor made
units can be delivered upon request. All of our enclosures are standard
¿tted with polyamide cable gland and plug.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Standards
Plastic
IP65 –IP66
–20°C to +60°C
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN50028, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code
Ex e II or em II or ed IIC or emd IIC T6 to T4
IP65 or IP66 T85°C to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD
Cable gland entry M20 or M25 cable gland
Dimensions (mm)
52
Control Stations
XAWE
Pushbutton Stations
Function
Labels (pushbutton colour) and contact function
Insulated station with insulated unit
1 pushbutton, spring return
Start (green) 1 NO
XAWE10
1 pushbutton, spring return
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWE11
1 pushbutton, mushroom head Ø40 mm, spring return
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWE16
1 pushbutton, mushroom head Ø40 mm, latching turn to
release
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWE17
1 selector switch, 2 positions stay put
Start/Stop 1 NO
XAWE13
2 pushbuttons, spring return
Start (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWE21
3 pushbuttons, spring return
Forward (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC
Reverse (green) 1 NO
XAWE31
1 pilot light, 2 pushbuttons, spring return
Red light unit 24-415V AC-DC
Start (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWE34
Label (pushbutton colour) and contact function
Insulated station with insulated unit
Measurement Station
Function
1 ammeter
XAWE2812
Junction Box
Function
Label (pushbutton colour) and contact function
Insulated station with insulated unit
5 terminals
3P+T+N
XAWE9104
Cable gland :
XAWE1… :
1 cable gland M20 for cable Ø 8 to 13 mm + 1 plug
XAWE2 and XAWE3… :
1 cable gland M20 for cable Ø 8 to 13 mm + 1 plug
1 cable gland M25 for cable Ø 13 to 16 mm + 1 plug
XAWE9… :
4 cable glands M20 for cable Ø 8 to 13 mm + 4 plugs
The ammeter is of the current transformer type, for use with a current transformer of 1 or 5 amp secondary (C.T. not supplied). Please state required
ammeter motor scale and C.T. secondary current when ordering. If more pilot lights and switches are required, several XAWE can be mounted together.
Please contact Technor for further information.
Empty Stations
External dimensions in mm
Function
Insulated station with insulated unit
Cable gland number and type
W
H
D
1 pushbutton
XAWE101
1 cable gland M20
1 plug M20
85
85
66
2 pushbuttons
XAWE302
1 cable gland + 1 plug M20
1 cable gland + 1 plug M25
85
150
66
3 pushbuttons
XAWE303
1 cable gland + 1 plug M20
1 cable gland + 1 plug M25
85
150
66
All empty enclosures are ¿tted with certi¿ed polyamide cable gland and plug.
The cable gland is located on the smallest face.
See the HARMATEX section for further details of available pushbuttons or light units.
Cable gland capacity :
- cable gland M20 for unarmored cable Ø 8 to 13 mm
- cable gland M25 for unarmored cable Ø 13 to 19 mm
53
Control Stations
XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS
Our complete stations, made in GRP, Zinc alloy or Stainless Steel, are
primarily used as control systems. Composed by control units or an ammeter, our boxes come standard-¿tted with plastic cable glands.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
GRP, zinc alloy or stainless steel
IP65 – IP66
–20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
INERIS 03ATEX0122
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN50028, EN500281-1-1
Ex e II or em II or ed IIC or emd IIC T6 to T4
IP65 or IP66 T85°C to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD
Pushbutton Station
Label (pushbutton
colour) and contact
function
Insulated
station with
insulated
unit
Metal station
with metal
unit
Stainless steel
station with
metal unit
1 pushbutton with spring return
Start (green) 1 NO
XAWG10
XAWF10
XAWFS10
Function
1 pushbutton with spring return
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWG11
XAWF11
XAWFS11
1 pushbutton, mushroom head Ø40 mm, with spring return
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWG16
XAWF16
XAWFS16
1 pushbutton, mushroom head Ø40 mm, latching turn to release
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWG17
XAWF17
XAWFS17
1 selector switch 2 positions stay put
Start/Stop 1 NO
XAWG13
XAWF13
XAWFS13
2 pushbuttons with spring return
Start (green) 1 NO Stop
(red) 1 NC
XAWG21
XAWF21
XAWFS21
3 pushbuttons with spring return
Forward (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC
Reverse (green) 1 NO
XAWG31
XAWF31
XAWFS31
1 pilot light, 2 pushbuttons with spring return
Red light unit 24-415V
AC-DC
Start (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWG34
XAWF34
XAWFS34
Insulated
station with
insulated
unit
Metal station
with metal
unit
Stainless steel
station with
metal unit
XAWG2812
XAWF2812
XAWFS2812
Start/Stop 1 NO
XAWG3812
XAWF3812
XAWFS3812
Start (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC
XAWG382
XAWF482
XAWFS482
Measurement Station
Function
Labels (pushbutton
colour) and contact
function
1 ammeter
1 ammeter, 1 selector switch, 2 positions stay put
1 ammeter, 2 pushbuttons, spring return
Cable gland:
XAWG1... XAWG2... plastic cable gland for cable Ø 8 to 13 mm
XAWG3... plastic cable gland for cable Ø 13 to 19 mm
XAWF(S)1... XAWF(S)2... XAWF(S)3... brass cable gland for cable Ø 8,5 to 16 mm
XAWF(S)4... brass cable gland for cable Ø 12 to 20,5 mm
For control unit please see our Harmatex documentation
The ammeter is of the current transformer type, for use with a currrent transformer of 1 or 5 amp secondary (C.T. not supplied). Please state required
ammeter motor scale and C.T. secondary current when ordering.
Note: For the insulated station the contact blocks are mounted in the base. For the metal stations, they are mounted on the cover.
54
Control Stations
XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS
Dimensions (mm)
d : max 67 mm for operating head
Reference
a
b
c
G
XAWF1...
XAWF2...
80
80
77
50
65
80
130
77
50
115
XAWF3...
80
175
77
50
160
XAWF4...
80
220
77
50
205
b
c
H
Reference
a
G
XAWFS1...
125
90
75
75
XAWFS2...
125
130
75
75
XAWFS3...
125
175
75
75
XAWFS4...
125
220
75
75
Reference
a
b
c
G
H
XAWG1...
85
146
70
70
105
XAWG2...
85
146
70
70
105
XAWG3...
85
226
70
70
108
55
Control Stations
XAW-P
The XAWP range of pendant control stations is suitable for all kinds of
industry, especially those where an explosive atmosphere may be present. This range is certi¿ed ATEX II 2 GD. Primarily used on cranes. Our
pendant control station is available with 2, 4, 6, 8 pushbuttons and offers
a variety of simple and complex design features including 12 or 16 pushbutton models.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Mounting
Cable entry capacity
Connection
Availability
Dimensions
56
Metal, Rubber and GRP
IP65
20°C to +60°C (without lighting functions)
-20°C to +50°C (with lighting functions)
INERIS 03ATEX0122
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018,
EN50019, EN50028, EN500281-1-1
II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC / Ex emd IIC
Assembly of components only by TECHNOR
for Ø10 to Ø22 mm cable
Screw clamp terminals
From 1 x 0,5 mm² cable
to 2 x 1,5 mm² cable
(with or without ferrule)
Standard version available on catalogue
Special version available on request
Control Stations
XAW-P
Stations
Fitted with interchangeable booted operators and cable boot suitable for Ø10 to Ø22mm
Number of way
Function
Contact blocks mounted on each way
Reference
Weight Kg
1 N/O
XAWP271
0,940
1 N/C + 1 N/O
XAWP281
1,000
1 N/O
XAWP471
1,290
1 N/C + 1 N/O
XAWP481
1,400
1 N/O
XAWP671
1,650
1 N/C + 1 N/O
XAWP681
1,800
2
4
6
Fitted with interchangeable booted pushbutton, operators with start and emergency stop functions.
With labels in yellow blank and cable boot suitable for Ø10 to Ø22mm cable.
Number of way
Function
1 N/O
For Direction and
Start Functions
4
I
O
Fitted with interchange-
6
emergency stop functions.
With labels in yellow blank
I
O
and cable boot suitable for
Reference
Weight
Kg
XAWP472
1,320
XAWP482
1,380
XAWP672
1,650
XAWP682
1,690
XAWP872
1 N/C
For Stop Function
2,000
XAWP882
2,250
1 N/C
For Stop Function
1 N/C + 1 N/O
For All Functions
1 N/O
For Direction and
Start Functions
able booted pushbutton,
operators with start and
Contact blocks mounted on each way
1 N/C + 1 N/O
For All Functions
1 N/C
For Stop Function
Ø10 to Ø22mm cable
1 N/O
For Direction and
Start Functions
8
I
O
1 N/C + 1 N/O
For All Functions
57
Control Stations
XAW-P
Double step pushbutton stations
Fitted with “double” step mechanism on each pushbutton. Legend plate 30x40mm black or white
symbols on white or black background. Cable boot suitable for Ø10 to Ø22mm
Number of way
Function
Contact blocks
13
Reference
Weight Kg
XAWP2271
1,000
XAWP4271
1,400
XAWP6271
1,800
33
2
14
34
13
33
4
14
34
13
33
6
14
34
Double step pushbutton stations
Fitted with “double” step mechanism on each indicator. Illuminated or not start pushbutton label I, red Ø40
Mushroom head latching to release, yellow blank label, cable boot suitable for Ø10 to Ø22mm
Number of way
Function
Contact blocks
13
4
14
3
34
1 N/O
For Start
Functions
I
O
13
14
3
I
O
XAWP4272 with
standard START
pushbutton
1
1 N/C
For Stop
Functions
34
XAWP6272 with
standard START
pushbutton
1
1 N/C
For Stop
Functions
4
14
4
XAWP6373 with
illuminated START
pushbutton
1,800
33
XAWP8272 with
standard START
pushbutton
34
1
1 N/C
For Stop
Functions
1 N/O
For Start
Functions
58
1,350
2
3
I
O
XAWP4373 with
illuminated START
pushbutton
33
1 N/O
For Start
Functions
13
8
Weight Kg
2
4
6
Reference
33
2
XAWP8373 with
illuminated START
pushbutton
2,250
Control Stations
XAW-P
Accessories and spare parts
Type
Empty pendant control station for
mounting exclusively by TECHNOR
Slow break contact block
Complete booted pushbutton operator
Selector switches (Stayput)
Illuminator pushbutton “Start”
Pilot light + head
(-24V to 415V AC-DC)
ARROW for
Double step pushbutton
ARROW for
Single step pushbutton
Function
Reference
UP
ZBWY4953
UP
ZBWY4951
02 buttons
04 buttons
06 buttons
08 buttons
12 buttons
16 buttons
N/O
N/C
White (W)
Black (B)
Green (G)
Red (R)
2 pos.
Black+NO
3 pos.
Black+2NO
Green
(G)+NO
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
XAWP029
XAWP049
XAWP069
XAWP089
XAWP069D
XAWP089D
ZBWE101
ZBWE102
XAWP9411
XAWP9412
XAWP9413
XAWP9414
XBW5AD21
DOWN
ZBWY2956
DOWN
ZBWY2954
RIGHT
ZBWY4903
RIGHT
ZBWY4901
Blank plug
Double step push-buttons
(use only with ZBWE101 contact
blocks)
Emergency Mushroom head (Ø40)
Red+NC
Emergency Mushroom head (Ø30)
Red+NC
White (W)
Black (B)
XBW5AD33
XLW5AW3331
XLW5AV013
XLW5AV033
XLW5AV043
XLW5AV053
XLW5AV063
XAWZ3
XAWP9421
LEFT
ZBWY2906
LEFT
ZBWY2904
FORWARD
ZBWY4965
FORWARD
ZBWY4963
REVERSE
ZBWY2968
REVERSE
ZBWY2966
FAST UP
ZBWY4952
FAST DOWN
ZBWY2955
FAST RIGHT
ZBWY4902
FAST LEFT
ZBWY2905
FAST FORWARD
ZBWY4964
FAST REVERSE
ZBWY2967
I
ZBWY4980
O
ZBWY2931
O-I
ZBWY2178
I - II
ZBWY2179
I - O - II
ZBWY2186
EMERGENCY
STOP
ZBWY2330
XAWP9422
ZA2BS54 +
ZBWE102
ZA2BS44 +
ZBWE102
XAWP9411
ZBWE101
XLW5AV033
59
Control Stations
EFE
Control and/or Signalling Units Series EFE is based on a basic range of
10 different sizes of GRP (Glass ¿bre Reinforced Polyester) enclosures,
Ex e II certi¿ed. The EFE...Series can be assembled with accessories
including start pushbutton, stop pushbutton with padlocking device, localremote change-over switch, ammeter, wired to a terminal strip inside the
enclosure.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Lid / Door gasket
Surface treatment
Earthing
Drain plug
Entries thread
Standard
identification
Quantity for entries
Quantity for terminals
Rated Voltage
Rated Current
Rated Frequency
Note
60
Resin GRP
(Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester)
IP65
-50°C to 60°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 04ATEX0035
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00493
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 /
60079-18 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex e II T6 IP65 T85°C
Ex e II T4 IP65 T135°C
Ex emb II T6 IP65 T85°C
Ex emb II T4 IP65 T135°C
Ex de IIC T6 IP65 T85°C
Ex de IIC T4 IP65 T135°C
Ex demb IIC T6 IP65 T85°C
Ex demb IIC T4 IP65 T135°C
Type of protection depends on what components are ¿tted.
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Silicone seal
Black colour
Earth connections are made via EEx e certi¿ed terminals
The enclosures can be equipped with drain and breather devices
ECR-1; ECR-2 type.
Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer
inscriptions
Contact our Technical Department for further information
Contact our Technical Department for further information
690 V
16 A
48÷62 Hz
Captive screws stainless steel made
Available only with terminal strip installed
Control Stations
EFE
Control/Signalling Units - Push Button Stations listed in the following table are “not assembled”,
they are examples of the possible combinations. The maximum number of control units shown
in the table is compatible with our standard labelling system (holder-label).
TYPE
DIMENSIONS [mm]
EFE 1212-CS
EFE 1222-CS
EFE 1616-CS
EFE 1626-CS
EFE 1636-CS
EFE 2526-CS
EFE 2540-CS
EFE 2560-CS
EFE 4140-CS
122x120x90
120x220x90
160x160x90
160x260x90
160x360x90
255x250x121
250x400x121
250x600x121
405x400x121
Number of Control and Signalling Units
Which can be mounted on the Cover
2
6
4
8
10
16
24
40
42
Maximum permissible Dissipation
for the Enclosures [W]
10
30
20
40
50
60
100
170
160
61
Control Stations
TNCC
The control boxes/stations in SS316 are designed to meet the
requirements for use on- and offshore, in Petrochemical and Marine
applications and for any other industry where an explosive atmosphere may be present.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Lid/Door gasket
Surface treatment
Material thickness
Earthing
Drain Plug
Other options
Acid resistant stainless steel SS316
IP66 standard (67 and 68 upon request)
-40ºC to +60ºC
DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0042 GOST
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
Neoprene (temp. -40ºC to +100ºC)
Silicone (temp. -40ºC to +200ºC)
Acidized Pickling as standard
Electropolished as an option
Min. 1,5 mm (depending on the box size)
Internal earth bar/bracket
External earth bracket
Optional
Ref. TNCN
TNCC Measurement Range of Stocked Boxes
Dimensions
62
Type
A
Width cm
B
Height cm
C
Depth cm
Volume
dm3
Weight
kg
121009**
151510**
202010
202015
204015
282815
282827
302015
383815
383827
384515
385715
575715
575730
577620
769520
12
15
20
20
20
28
28
30
38
38
38
38
57
57
57
76
10
15
20
20
40
28
28
20
38
38
45
57
57
57
76
95
9
10
10
15
15
15
27
15
15
27
15
15
15
30
20
20
1,08
2,25
4,00
6,00
12,00
11,76
21,17
9,00
21,66
38,99
25,65
32,49
48,74
97,47
77,98
13,00
1,5
2,5
3,0
3,5
5,4
5,2
7,0
5,0
8,1
10,3
8,9
10,7
16,4
21,4
21,7
32,9
Control Stations
TNUC
The control boxes/stations in GRP are designed to meet the market
requirements for use on- and offshore, in Petrochemical and Marine
applications, and any other industry where an explosive atmosphere may
be present.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Lid/Door gasket
Earthing
Electrical data
Colour
Cover Screws
Other options
Glass ¿bre reinforced polyester (GRP)
IP66 according to IEC 529
-20ºC to +40ºC
DNV-2004-OSL-ATEX-0121
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
Perbunan
PE bar and/or earth terminals
Earth continuity plate / earth tag upon request
Umax = 750V, Imax = 500A
Black
SS316
Ref. TNUP
Measurement Table
Type
A
Width [cm]
B
Height [cm]
C
Depth [cm]
Weight [kg]
121209
123
120
91
1,1
161609
160
160
92
1,5
252512
255
250
120
2,9
361609
360
160
92
2,5
402512
400
250
120
4,3
404117
400
405
165
6,1
Dimensions
63
Control Stations
XADW / XAEW
Primarily used as a control system, our complete station is composed of
a pushbutton unit, pilot light or ammeter. Aluminium enclosure and brass
glands is standard.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Cable gland entry
Group IIB-T6
Aluminium
IP65 – IP66
–20°C to +60°C
INERIS 03ATEX0145 for XADW
INERIS 03ATEX0146 for XAEW
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN500281-1-1
Ex d IIB T6 IP65/66 - T85°C for XADW
Ex d IIC T6 IP65/66 - T85°C for XAEW
ATEX II 2 GD
RAL 7032 Painting
Special painting upon request
Fitted with 1 M20 brass cable gland
With flanged joint (for group IIB gases and vapours)
Pushbutton spring return
Function
Start
Stop
1 mushroom head pushbutton
1 selector switch
Stop
Stop-Start
Contact type
1 NO
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
Non armoured gland version
XADW12110P11IC
XADW12111P11IC
XADW12116P11IC
XAD12113P11IC
Armoured gland version
XADW12110P14I
XADW12111P14I
XADW12116P14I
XADW12113P14I
2 pushbuttons with
spring return
3 pushbuttons with
spring return
1 pilot light and 2 pushbuttons with spring return (1)
Function
Start-Stop
Forward-Stop-Reverse
Stop -Start-Stop
Contact type
1 NO - 1 NC
1 NO - 1 NC - 1 NO
Direct lamp - 1 NO - 1 NC
Non armoured gland version
XADW12221P11IC
XADW13231P11IC
XADW13236P11IC
Armoured gland version
XADW12221P14I
XADW13231P14I
XADW13236P14I
1 Ammeter Ø48mm (1)
1 Ammeter Ø48mm and 1
selector switch
1 Ammeter Ø48mm and
2 pushbuttons with spring return
ammeter
ammeter - Stop-Start
ammeter - Start-Stop
Function
Contact type
-
1 NO
1 NO - 1 NC
Non armoured gland version
XADW1231P11IC
XADW122321P11IC
XADW132321P11IC
Armoured gland version
XADW1231P14I
XADW122321P14I
XADW132321P14I
(1) available in Group IIC-T6, please contact our sale of¿ce
The ammeter may be either of the following types;
- direct fed: up to 30 A
- current transformer (not supplied): please state transformer ratio
For other combinations please check our variable enclosure pages, or contact your local retailer.
64
Control Stations
XADW / XAEW
Dimensions (mm)
XADW12...
XADW13...
XADW22...
XAEW12...
d: 67 mm max. operating heads
Ø: 4 elongated holes 9 x 12
(1): cable glans only mounted on complete station
65
Control Stations
XADW / XAEW
Our extensive range of Àameproof are primarily used use as control
unit and signal units in Atex zones. The variable composition of our
enclosures enables customers to customize the unit to meet their speci¿c
application needs. In addition, elements of our Standard range can be
included in the design process to ensure that the ¿nal product meets our
customers’ speci¿c needs.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Dimensions
66
Aluminium
IP65 – IP66
–20°C to +60°C
INERIS 03ATEX0145 for XADW
INERIS 03ATEX0146 for XAEW
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN500281-1-1
Ex d IIB T6 IP65/66 - T85°C for XADW
Ex d IIC T6 IP65/66 - T85°C for XAEW
ATEX II 2 GD
RAL 7032 Painting
Special painting on request.
Control Stations
XADW / XAEW
Variable composition stations assembled by Technor
Group IIC-T6
1 operator or pilot light
2 operators or pilot lights
Single for 1 ammeter > 48mm
Group IIB-T6
With Circular joint (for group IIC gases and vapours)
M20 entries
Positions
Reference
1
A
XAEW12101
2
A-C
XAEW12102
2
L-M
XAEW12103
1
A
XAEW12201
2
A-C
XAEW12202
2
L-M
XAEW12203
1
A
XAEW12301
2
A-C
XAEW12302
2
L-M
XAEW12303
With flat joint (for group IIB gases and vapours)
M20 entries
Positions
Reference
1
A
XADW12101
2
A-C
XADW12102
1
A
XADW12201
2
A-C
XADW12202
1
A
XADW13201
2
A-C
XADW13202
1
A
XADW22301
2
A-C
XADW22302
2
L-M
XADW22303
1
A
XAWD12301
2
A-C
XAWD12302
2 way for 1 ammeter 48mm and 1 operator
or pilot light
1
A
XAWD122301
2
A-C
XAWD122302
3 way for 1 ammeter 48mm and 2 operator
or pilot light
1
A
XAWD132301
2
A-C
XAWD132302
1
A
XAWD224301
2
A-C
XAWD224302
2
L-M
XAWD224303
1 operator or pilot light
2 operators or pilot lights
3 operators or pilot lights
4-6 operators or pilot lights
Single for 1 ammeter 48mm
5 way for 1 ammeter 48mm and 4 operator
or pilot light
The choice of operator and lights unit is made with the ZB8 products catalogue pages.
Consult your local sales of¿ce for more information or a speci¿c quotation.
67
Control Stations
CP.../EFDCN
The Push Buttons Stations CP…/ EFDCN Series is based on the features of our CP… Enclosure, which enables an Ex d IIC mode of protection with or without accessories (push buttons, selector switches, potentiometers, signal lamps, rotary handles, ammeters, voltmeters, fuses,
etc.). Enclosures are made of Copper free Aluminium (Cu<0,1%) and
completed with threaded hubs suitable for cable glands or conduit and
internal threaded devices to secure DIN/Omega normalized rails for terminal strips. Connection of ¿ttings do not affect inner space, which is fully
available for terminals and wirings. Internal and external screws are in
Stainless Steel AISI 304. This series is custom-made to customer speci¿cations, including quantity and type of operators (M32 modular barrels)
required on the CP-.../EFDCN enclosure. Based on the customers needs
and certi¿cate requirements, our technical department will advise and
select the most suitable CP-.../EFDCN combination.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)
IP65
-35°C to 40°C for T6 / T85°C
-35°C to 50°C for T5 / T100°C
-35°C to 60°C for T4 / T135°C
Certification & Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 03ATEX0009
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00508
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Lid / Door gasket
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C / T100°C / T135°C
according to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment
Unpainted
Electrical characteristics
Max DC voltage
Internal diameter
Entries position
Entries thread
Standard identification
Accessories on request
68
440 V
Max AC voltage
1000 V
Nominal frequency
50 / 60 Hz
Max current
100 A
Nominal incandescent lamp power
”5W
Max. LED lamp dissipated power
”3W
Available from 90 mm. to 120 mm.
(C) = 2, (T) = 3, ways
Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance
self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Control Stations
CP.../EFDCN
This series is custom-made to customer speci¿cations, including the number and type of operators (M32 modular barrels)
required on the CP-... enclosure. Based on the customers needs and certi¿cate requirements, our technical department
will advise and select the most suitable CP-.../EFDCN combination.
Push button stations listed in the following table are “not assembled”, they are only examples of the possible combinations.
CODE
A.0451.10
A.0452.50
A.0452.20
TYPE
CPC-26/ EFDCN-1-90
CPSC-26/ EFDCN-1-120
CPSC-26/ EFDCN-2-120
DESCRIPTION
1 Operator - enclosure 90 mm. diameter
1 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter
2 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter
ENTRIES
2XM25
2XM25
2XM25
WEIGHT
0,930
1,330
1,280
A.0452.30
A.0452.40
A.0452.50
A.0452.60
A.0452.70
A.0452.80
A.0493.01
A.0493.21
CPSC-36/ EFDCN-3-120
CPSC-36/ EFDCN-4-120
CPSG-26/ EFDCN-1-120
CPSG-36/ EFDCN-2-120
CPSG-36/ EFDCN-3-120
CPSG-36/ EFDCN-4-120
CPC-26/EFDCN-EM
CPC-26/EFDCN-EM-P
2XM32
2XM32
3xM25
3xM25
3xM32
3xM32
2xM25
2xM25
1,300
1,320
1,500
1,450
1,470
1,490
1,200
1,200
A.0494.01
CPC-26/EFDCN-PE
3 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter
4 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter
1 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter
2 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter
3 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter
1 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter
1 Emergency push botton complete with breakable glass and hummer
1 Emergency push botton complete with breakable glass and hummer.
The push button, normally open, will automatically close the circuit at
the breaking of the glass.
Footswitch with safety guard
2xM25
3,200
Dimensions
CPSG-26/EFDCN-3-120
CPSG-36/EFDCN-4-120
69
70
Control Stations
CP.../EFDCN
Dimensions
CPC-26/EFDCN-1-90
CPSC-26/EFDCN-1-120
CPSC-26/EFDCN-2-120
CPSC-26/EFDCN-3-120
CPSG-26/EFDCN-1-120
CPSG-26/EFDCN-2-120
71
Control Stations
CP.../EFSRC
The Customer Oriented Combination Enclosure for Switches:
CP-…/ EFSRC Series is based on the features of CP… Enclosures Series which can grant an Ex d IIC mode of protection with
or without accessories (pushbuttons, selector switches, potentiometers, signal lamps, rotary handles, ammeters, voltmeters, fuses,
etc.). Enclosures are made of Copper free Aluminium (Cu<0,1%),
completed with threaded hubs suitable for cable glands or conduit
and internal threaded devices to secure DIN/Omega normalized
rails for terminal strips. Connection of ¿ttings do not affect inner
space, which is fully available for terminals and wirings. Internal
and external screws are in Stainless Steel AISI 304.
This series is custom-made to customer speci¿cations, including
the number and type of operators (M32 modular barrels) required
on the CP-... enclosure. Based on the customers needs and
certi¿cate requirements, our technical department will advise and
select the most suitable CP-.../EFSRC combination.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Lid / Door gasket
Surface treatment
Copper free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
IP65
-35°C to 40°C for T6 / T85°C
-35°C to 50°C for T5 / T100°C
-35°C to 60°C for T4 / T135°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 03ATEX0009
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00508
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C / T100°C / T135°C
according to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Unpainted
Electrical characteristics Max. DC voltage
Internal diameter
Entries position
Entries thread
Standard identification
Accessories on request
72
440 V
Max. AC voltage
1000 V
Nominal frequency
50 / 60 Hz
Max. current
100 A
Nominal incandescent lamp power
”5W
Max. LED lamp dissipated power
”3W
90 mm.
(C) = 2
Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
transfer inscriptions
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Control Stations
CP.../EFSRC
Switches listed in the following table are “not assembled”, they are only examples
of the possible combinations.
CODE
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
ENTRIES
WEIGHT
451.2
CPC-26/ EFSRC-220
Rotary switch 2 poles 20 A
2XM25
1,100
451.4
CPC-26/ EFSRC-420
Rotary switch 4 poles 20 A
2XM25
1,150
452.4
CPC-26/ EFSRC-432
Rotary switch 4 poles 32 A
2XM25
1,300
453.2
CPC-26/ EFSRC- D - 220
Change - over switch 2 poles 20 A
2XM32
1,150
453.3
CPC-26/ EFSRC- D - 320
Change - over switch 3 poles 20 A
2XM32
1,200
454.2
CPC-26/ EFSRC- C - 220
Step switch 2 poles 20 A
2XM25
1,150
454.3
CPC-26/ EFSRC- C - 320
Step switch 3 poles 20 A
2XM25
1,300
73
Control Stations
EFQL
EFQL Miniature Automatic Circuit Breakers are based on the features of
EFQL Enclosure, made of Copper free Aluminium and painted according
to RAL 6003. Can be used indoor or outdoor, in corrosive and hazardous
locations where gases, vapours and dusts may be present.
The control-, interruption- and/or protection units EFQL… Series consists
of Ex d IIB certi¿ed enclosures, completed with automatic circuit breakers,
on-load switches and selector switches up to 63A.
Specifications
Copper free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
IP66/IP67 with Àanged joint coated with
silicone grease (contact our sales dept. for
detailed reference)
-30°C to 55°C
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0027X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00508
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIB T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C
Surface treatment
Entries
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Painted RAL 6003 colour
No 2 Entries diam. 1” or M32
Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high
resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
transfer inscriptions
Standard
identification
3 Poles
220/660V 50/60Hz
Residual Current Device ”VIGI”
Auxiliary Switch ”OF”
Alarm Switch ”SD”
Shunt trip release ”MX+OF”
Undervoltage release ”MN”
Customized colours
Poles
Voltage
Accessories
Note
Foreseen with electrical unit up to 63 A
External operating handle
ITEM
NOTE
WEIGHT [kg]
TYPE EFQL - 3
Compatible until No. 8 steps of 9 mm. (MULTI-9)
3,250
TYPE EFQL - 4
Compatible until No. 10 steps of 9 mm. (MULTI-9)
4,600
74
Dimensions EFQL - 3
Control Stations
EPKMZ
EPKMZ Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers are based on the EFQL Enclosure made of Copper free Aluminium and painted according to RAL 6003.
They can be used indoor or outdoor, as well as in corrosive and hazardous locations where gases, vapours and dusts may be present.
Motor-protective circuits breakers EPKMZ… Series consists of Ex d IIB
certi¿ed enclosures, completed with automatic circuit breakers, on-load
switches and selector switches up to 63A.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
IP66/IP67 with Àanged joint coated with silicone
grease (contact our sales dept. for
detailed reference)
Temperature
-30°C to 55°C
Certification
& Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0027X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00508
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIB T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Surface treatment Painted RAL 6003 colour
No 2 Entries diam. 1” or M32
Entries
Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high
Standard
resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
Identification
transfer inscriptions
3 Poles
Poles
Voltage
220/660V 50/60Hz
Accessories
Customized colors
Overload and short circuit releases
Note
Foreseen with electrical unit up to 63 A
External operating handle
Dimensions EFQL - 4
EPKMZ
Item
TYPE EFQL - 3
TYPE EFQL - 4
Note
Compatible until No. 8 steps of 9 [mm] (MULTI-9)
Compatible until No. 10 steps of 9 [mm] (MULTI-9)
Weight [kg]
3,250
4,600
75
Control Stations
AC1WD/DE8BA
Solid and robust, our range of Ex d triple-pole starters with overload relay
will meet your needs. Motorstarters are available in three versions with overload relay:
• Without isolator, without fuses
• Without isolator, with fuses
• With isolator, with fuses
A standard range of contactors, thermal relays and disconnecting switch
with or without fusible door, allows a customization of starters for various
applications.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Dimensions
76
Cast iron, steel
IP65
20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
INERIS 03ATEX0121X
INERIS 03ATEX0144X
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN500281-1-1
II 2 GD - Ex d IIB
II 2 GD - Ex d IIC
Control Stations
AC1WD/DE8BA
Triple-pole starters Ex d with overload relay without isolator, without fuse
Complete with Start and Stop pushbuttons mounted on door
Motor rating
Rated current
230V
kw
A
12
25
40
65
400 V
kw
.
0,37
0,37
0,75
500V
kw
Overload
range
A
0,75
1 to 1.6
0,75
1,1
1.6 to 2.5
1,5
2
2.5 to 4
1,1
2,2
3
4 to 6
1,8
3
4
5.5 to 8
2,2
4
5,5
7 to 10
3
5,5
7,5
9 to 13
4
7,5
10
12 to 18
5,5
11
15
17 to 25
7,5
15
18,5
23 to 32
11
18,5
22
30 to 40
15
22
30
37 to 50
15
25
37
48 to 65
Gas Group
and temp.
class
Basic reference
(2)
Complete your own
reference (1)
Weight
without cable
gland
IIB-T6
AC1WD312
••
•
•
•
5,00
IIC-T3
DE8WH2612
••
•
•
•
12,00
IIB-T6
AC1WD325
••
•
•
•
5,50
IIC-T3
DE8WH2625
••
•
•
•
12,00
IIB-T6
DE8BA321340
••
•
•
•
26,00
IIC-T3
DE8WH2640
••
•
•
•
12,00
IIB-T6
DE8BA321365
••
•
•
•
26,00
IIC-T3
DE8WH2665
••
•
•
•
12,00
Cable glands
Number and position
Thread ISO M20
Thread ISO M25
(1)
(2)
Number
Position
2
A, H
P1
•
•
•
2
L, M
P2
•
•
•
3
L, M, H
P3
•
•
•
1 F for non armoured cable with clamping module
1
I
C
4 F for armoured câble
4
I
Without câble gland
5
I
1 F for non armoured cable with clamping module
6
I
4 F for armoured cable
8
I
Without câble gland
9
I
C
When ordering, please complete your reference. Example: AC1WD321P24I
This basic reference, once completed, should be followed by the information: overload relay and voltage
For other con¿guration (range, cable gland entries
77
78
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XUWB
Proximity Detector, Ex d, AISI 316L
XCW
Limit Switch, Ex d, Zinc Alloy
XC8
Limit Switch, Ex d, Cast Iron
XCKW
Limit Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy
XCSW
Sceurity Swich, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy
XY2WCE
Emergency Trip Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy
XPEW
Emergency Foot Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy
XMLWC
Nautilex Pressure Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy
80
82
84
86
92
94
95
96
79
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XUWB
The ¿rst Technor ATEX Ex d proximity detector is based on Schneider
components. With a body dimension of just 30mm and standard cable
lengths of 2 or 5 meters, this pre-wired detector can be used in a range
of applications and processes. Featuring 0.6 meter to 15 meters of
useful sensing range, you will be able to ¿nd the detector for your application.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Working Temperature
Storage temperature
Standards
Ex-Code
Connection
Type of transmission
Way of detection
Stainless Steel 316L
IP65 / IP67
–20°C to +55°C
–40°C to +70°C
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018,
EN500281-1-1
II 2 GD – Ex d IIC T6 to
T4 IP 65–66 T85 to T135°C
Length: 2m (XUWB…L2)
Length: 5 m (XUWB…L5)
Infrared, except for polarized reÀex (red)
Along case axis
Detector for DC application (static output)
Detector type
Diffuse system with
adjustable sensitivity
Polarised reÀex system
ReÀex system
Thru-beam system
Sensing distance (Sn) (m)
0,6
2
4
15
Fixing diameter
30 mm
Rated supply voltage
12 to 24V DC with protection against reverse polarity
Current consumption, no-load
35 mA
Maximum switching frequency
500 Hz
CONTACT TYPE
PNP
NO
XUWB5APANL2
XUWB9APANL2
XUWB1APANL2
XUWB2APANL2R
NC
XUWB5APBNL2
XUWB9APBNL2
XUWB1APBNL2
XUWB2APBNL2R
Transmitter for Thru-beam
-
-
-
XUWB2AKSNL2T
CONTACT TYPE
NPN
NO
XUWB5ANANL2
XUWB9ANANL2
XUWB1ANANL2
XUWB2ANANL2R
NC
XUWB5ANBNL2
XUWB9ANBNL2
XUWB1ANBNL2
XUWB2ANBNL2R
Transmitter for Thru-beam
-
-
-
XUWB2AKSNL2T
For a 5 meter cable length replace L2 with L5 example: XUWB5APANL2 becomes XUWB5APANL5
ACCESSORIES
ReÀectors
Dimensions (mm)
Reference
Standard reÀector
Ø 16
XUZC16
Ø 21
XUZC21
Ø 31
XUZC31
Ø 39
XUZC39
24 x 21
XUZC24
ReÀector for short sensing distances
80
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XUWB
Dimensions
81
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XCW
The XCW family is a full pre-cabled range of certi¿ed ATEX limit switches.
Available in a range of cable lengths, the XCW’s compact bodies and
large choice of heads makes them a practical solution in process systems
and much more.
Specifications
Material (body)
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Cable type
Cable length
Mechanical life
Dimensions
82
Zinc Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)
IP66 – IP67
–20°C to +60°C
03ATEX0083X
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018,
EN500281-1-1
Ex d IIC T6 T85ºC II 2 GD
Pre-wired cable
Standard 1, 2, 5, 10 meters
10 millions
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XCW
Limit switches EEx”d” – “Severe duty” compact
XCWA102
XCW
1 C/O snap action contact, pre-wired cable.
Available in: 1 meter, 2 meters, 5 meters, or 10 meters.
Description
1 m cable length 2 m cable length 5 m cable length 10 m cable length
Fixing by the body
Steel end plunger (1)
XCWA103
XCWA110
Weight Kg 0,240
XCWA1102
0,250
XCWA1105
0,500
XCWA1100
0,900
XCWA102
Steel roller plunger for lateral
cam approach (2)
Weight Kg 0,240
XCWA1022
XCWA1025
XCWA1020
0,260
0,500
0,950
Steel roller plunger for traverse
XCWA103
cam plunger approach (2)
Weight Kg
0,240
XCWA1032
XCWA1035
XCWA1030
0,260
0,500
0,950
Thermoplastic roller lever (3)
XCWA115
Rotary operation
Weight Kg 0,250
XCWA1152
XCWA1155
XCWA1150
0,300
0,550
1,000
Fixing by the head
XCWA110
XCWA115
Steel end plunger (1)
XCWF110
Weight Kg 0,260
XCWF1102
0,280
XCWF1105
0,550
XCWF1100
0,950
XCWF102
Steel roller plunger for lateral
cam approach (2)
Weight Kg 0,260
XCWF1022
XCWF1025
XCWF1100
0,280
0,550
0,950
Steel roller plunger for
XCWF103
traverse cam approach (2)
Weight Kg 0,260
XCWF1032
XCWF1035
XCWF1030
0,280
0,550
0,950
Roller lever (mounted by cusXCWZ24
tomer) for XCWA110 (4)
Weight Kg 0,080
(1) Actuation on end. Speed between 0.001 and 0.5m/s.
(2) Actuation by 30° cam. Speed between 0.001 and 0.1m/s.
(3) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed 1.5m/s.
(4) 1 direction of actuation by 30° cam.
Contact function
Wiring diagram
XCWF102
XCW•110
XCW•102,
XCW•103,
XCWA115
XCWZ24
BK BN
Black Brown
Contact funct
ion
Closed
1.5
Black Blue
BK BU
Green Yellow
GN
YW
BN-BU
BK-BK
BK-BK
BK-BK
BN-BU
BK-BK
BN-BU
BN-BU
0
1
2.6(
A)
10(A)
BK-BK
BK-BK
Open
5
BN-BU
0
8.75
BN-BU
0
1.75
0°
XCWF103
A
20.0
0
40.
00
35.00
XCWF110
A = displaceme
nt of
cam
A=displacement of cam
83
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XC8
The XC8 series of limit switches is a combination of different bodies and
heads. Our standard product range boasts both robust construction and
cable gland entry, making the XC8 a safe and easy choice for our customers worldwide.
In addition, further head types are available for those customers who need
a more customized product.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Cable type
Mechanical life
Dimensions
84
Cast iron (Painted)
IP65–IP66
–20°C to +60°C
03ATEX0123
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN500281-1-1
Ex d IIC T6 T85ºC II 2 GD
Nickel-plated brass cable gland
10 millions
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XC8
Limit switches Ex d – “Severe duty”
XC8JC
1 C/O snap action contact, with nickel cable gland ISO M20,
Available for armoured cable or non armoured cable
Reference
Complete your
own reference
With plunger heads
Description
XC8JC161P1
•
•
•
XC8JC162P1
•
•
•
XC8JC163P1
•
•
•
XC8TA1P1
•
•
•
XC8JC10111P1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1F for non armoured cable with clamping module
1
I
C
4F for armoured cable
4
I
Without cable gland
5
I
Steel plunger (1)
Weight 2 Kg
XC8-JC161P1
Roller plunger (2)
Weight 2 Kg
Side plunger (2)
Weight 2 Kg
Heavy duty roller plunger (2)
Weight 2,4 Kg
With rotary heads
Delrin roller lever (3)
XC8-JC162P1
Actuation from left and right
Weight 2,2 Kg Actuation from left or right (5)
Variable length (3)
Actuation from left and right
Weight 2,2 Kg Actuation from left or right (5)
XC8JC10511P1
XC8JC10131P1
XC8JC10531P1
Steel rod (4)
Actuation from left and right
XC8JC10151P1
3 mm, length: 125 mm
Actuation from left or right (5)
XC8JC10551P1
Limit switch body only
1 C/O
ZC8JC1P1
for plunger and rotary heads
2 C/O double pole, simultaneous
ZC8JC2P1
1 C/O + 1 C/O double pole, 2 steps
ZC8JC4P1
Weight 2,2 Kg
XC8-JC163P1
Weight 2,2 Kg 1 C/O Nitrogen ¿lled contact
ZC8JCNP1
Cable gland entry
Thread ISO M20
XC8JC10111P1XC8JC10511P1
XC8JC10131P1XC8JC10531P1
(1) Actuation on end. Maximum speed 0,5m/s.
(2) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed 0,5m/s.
(3) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed 1,5m/s.
(4) Actuation by cylindrical ¿nger. Maximum speed 1,5ms.
(5) By programming the operating head.
XC8JC10151P1XC8JC10151P1
XC8TA1P1
Z8JC1P1-ZC8JC1P1ZC8JC4P1
85
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XCKW
This range of limit switches is based on Telemecanique series of
heads and bodies, and equipped with Ex ed Technor Atex contactblock. The products are well known around the world for their reliability, design and possibilities of the different heads. Glands gives
easy installation.
Specifications
Material (body)
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Entries
Thermal current
Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)
IP65
-20°C to +60°C
03ATEX0038X/03ATEX0039X
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018,
EN50019, EN500281-1-1
Ex ed IIC T6 T85ºC EX II 2 GD
ISO M20 or ISO M16
6A with N/O + N/C (500v)
XCKWD, Compact, fixing by body (fixing centres 20mm)
Type of actuator
Booted metal end
plunger
Metal end plunger
Mechanical durability (millions of
operating cycles)
15
Actuation speed
Thermoplastic
roller lever, horizontal actuation
Steel roller plunger
10
Thermoplastic roller
lever, vertical actuation
15
0,5 m/s
1 m/s
Cable entry
1 entry ¿tted with ISO M16 cable gland for cable Ø 5 to 8 mm
Body dimensions WxDxH (mm)
31x30x65
N/C + N/O snap action
XCKWD2110P16
XCKWD2111P16
XCKWD2102P16
XCKWD2121P16
XCKWD2127P16
N/O + N/O snap action
XCKWD2910P16
XCKWD2911P16
XCKWD2902P16
XCKWD2921P16
XCKWD2927P16
XCKWD, Compact, fixing by body (fixing centres 20mm)
Thermoplastic
roller lever,
vertical or horiz.
actuation
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Thermoplastic
roller lever
Ø 50mm
15
1 m/s
Variable lenght
thermoplastic
roller lever
Variable lenght
thermoplastic
roller lever
Ø 50mm
”Cat’s wisker”
M18 head Metal
end plunger
M18 steel roller
end plunger
10
5
10
1,5 m/s
1 m/s
0,5 m/s
1 entry ¿tted with ISO M16 cable gland for cable Ø 5 to 8 mm
31x30x65
XCKWD2128P16
XCKWD2118P16
XCKWD2139P16
XCKWD2145P16
XCKWD2149P16
XCKWD2106P16
XCKWD21H0P16
XCKWD21H2P16
XCKWD2928P16
XCKWD2918P16
XCKWD2939P16
XCKWD2945P16
XCKWD2949P16
XCKWD2906P16
XCKWD29H0P16
XCKWD29H2P16
86
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XCKW
XCRA/B/TW, For hoisting, handling, conveyor belts (fixing centres 85x75mm)
Conveyor belt shift monitoring
switch
Rotary (lever)
Square cross
levers 6mm
crossed spring
return position
Type of actuator
Large roller rod
lever thermoplastic Ø 30mm
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles
Large roller rod
lever thermoplastic Ø 50mm
Square cross
levers 6mm
crossed stay put
position
Galvanized steel
operating lever
10
Stainless steel
operating lever
0.3
Actuation speed
1.5m/s
Cable entry
1 entry ¿tted with ISO M20 for cable Ø8 to 13mm
Body dimensions WxHxD
(mm)
85x75x95
2 N/O + N/C snap action,
actuated in each direction
XCRAW111
XCRAW121
XCRAW151
XCREW181 (2)
N/O + N/C snap action
actuated in each direction
XCRBW111
XCRBW121
XCRBW151
XCRFW171 (3)
2 ”N/O + 2N/C” snap action
XCRTW115
XCRTW215
XCKWM, Classic, fixing by body (fixing centres 41mm)
Type of actuator
Metal end plunger
Steel roller plunger
Mechanical durability (millions of
operating cycles)
Thermoplastic
roller lever, horizontal actutation
Thermoplastic
roller lever
”Cat’s wisker”
20
Actuation speed
10
0,5 m/s
1,5 m/s
Cable entry
0,5 m/s
3 entries ISO M20 (1)
Body dimensions WxDxH (mm)
N/C + N/O snap action
63x30x64mm
XCKWM2110H29
XCKWM2102H29
XCKWM2121H29
XCKWM2115H29
XCKWM2106H29
XCKWJ, Compact, fixing by body (fixing centres 30x60mm)
Metal end plunger
Steel roller plunger
30
25
0,5 m/s
1 m/s
Thermoplastic roller
lever
Steel roller lever
Variable length
thermoplastic roller
lever
30
Round rod lever Ø
6mm polyamide
L= 200mm
20
1,5 m/s
1 entry ¿tted ISO M20 equipped with cable gland for cable Ø 8 to 13 mm
40x44x77
XCKWJ2161H29
XCKWJ2167H29
XCKWJ210513H29
XCKWJ210511H29
XCKWJ210541H29
XCKWJ210559H29
87
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XCKW
XCKWMR, For hoisting, handling, conveyor belts
(fixing centres 61.5mm)
Type of actuator
Square cross levers 6mm crossed
Square cross levers 6mm crossed reversed head
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)
2
Actuation speed
1,5 m/s
Cable entry
3 entries ISO M20 (1)
Body dimensions WxHxD (mm)
118x59x77
2N/C + 2N/C snap action break for make
XCKWMR54D1H29
XCKWMR54D2H29
Dimensions
10
2
Limit switch, Compact, XCKWD (metal) - body + head
65
(2)
53
142
19
30
(3)
20/22
(1)
31
12,5
15
12,5
15
(1) ISO M16 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) 2 oblongs holes ø 4,3 x 6,3 mm pitch 22 mm or 2 holes ø 4,3 pitch 20 mm.
(3) 2 holes for mounting ø 3 depth 4 mm.
Z CE 02
ø 11,6
Z CE 28
12,5
5,5
5,5
Z CE H2
12,5
ø22
2,5
=
=
3,5
ø7
2,5
M18x1(4)
M18x1
(4)
48
26
29
22
41
Z CE H0
36,2
16
38
Z CE 27
ø14
5,5
30,5
30
20
3,5
Z CE 21
16
12,5
12,5
39
Z CE 11
12,5
20,2
Z CE 10
12
13
ZCE01 + ZCY18
(4) Screw thickness 3,5 mm.
7
ZCE01 + ZCY45
ZCE01 + ZCY39
ZCE01 + ZCY49
40
37,5
12,5
5,5
40
10
33
52,5
78
24
33
5,5
10
42
12,5
12,5
16
l)
41
63
60
60
60
127
40…85
62…107
44
140
50
37
60
114
5,5
41
(1)
25
30
=
=
(1)
25
36
42,5
=
30
=
42,5
X CKWJ210559H29
48
26,2
(4)
60
(3)
(5)
(2)
(1)
25
=
30
42,5
88
52
57
5
5
36
60
X CK W J210511H29
139…184
(
17
17
16
12,5
l
Limit switch, Classic,hXCKWJ
(metal)
=
(1) 1 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) lever ø 6, length 200 mm.
(3) 282 maxi.
(4) 190 maxi.
(5) 212 maxi.
ø: 2 oblongs holes ø 5,3 x 7,3.
25
62
(1)
=
30
42,5
=
25
60
(1)
=
30
42,5
=
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XCKW
Limit switch, XCKWMR, XCRA/B/TW
6
31,5
200
(1) 3 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) 2 centring holes ø 3,9.
ø : 2 oblongs holes 6,2 x 6,5.
11,5
81
6,2
118
6,5
5,5
(2)
(1)
26°30'
(1)
55
59
5
(1)
15
=
61,5
=
77
200
35,6
47
51
XCRAW121
XCRBW121
XCRAW151
XCRBW151
72…60
66
XCREW181
XCRFW171
68
9
66
9
(2)
6
75
4
18
75
85
=
75
(4)
= 32 =
53
=
85
85
(1)
=
95
= 32 =
53
=
95
18
(1)
75
85
=
=
= 32 =
53
=
=
78
102
=
85
=
(1)
75
85
=
75
95
85
18
18
95
= 32 =
53
(2)
=
(3)
=
6
(1)
75
85
=
75
=
XCRAW111
XCRBW111
=
XCR TW115 / XCRTW215
66
Fixing
(6)
(5)
Horizontal position
Vertical position
36
127
=
95
= =
11
75
85
137
117
100
95
=
(1)
=
53
75
5
= 32 =
=
95
85
18
5
= =
=
107
11
=
53
=
80
(6)
(1) ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) Lever length: 200mm.
(3) Lever length + roller: 160mm.
(4) Lever length 300mm for XCRFW, 200mm for
XCREW
(5) 200 maxi – 83 mini
(6) 90° maxi
Ø: 2 oblongs holes 6,2 x 6,5.
=
Limit switch, Classic, XCKWM (metal)
XCKWM2102H29
XCKWM2121H29
34,5
119
112,5
108
41
=
=
64
30
60,5
5,5
48,5
30
88,5
(1)
22 15
8
4
14
XCKWM2115H29
14
14
54
XCKWM2110H29
(1)
=
41
64
30
=
(1)
30
41
65
30
11,5
8
34
(1)
=
41
=
64
XCK WM2106H29
(1) 3 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) 2 x Ø 4.
Ø: 2 oblongs holes 5,2 x 6,2.
14
Back side
54
201
142,5
41
(2)
=
(1)
30
=
41
27
=
=
64
89
90
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XCKW
Limit switch, XCKWMR, XCRA/B/TW
,
,
XCKWMR54D1H29 / XCKWMR54D2H29
6
31,5
200
(1) 3 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) 2 centring holes ø 3,9.
ø : 2 oblongs holes 6,2 x 6,5.
11,5
81
6,2
118
6,5
5,5
(2)
(1)
26°30'
(1)
55
59
5
(1)
15
=
61,5
=
77
200
35,6
47
51
XCRAW111
XCRBW111
XCRAW121
XCRBW121
XCRAW151
XCRBW151
72…60
66
XCREW181
XCRFW171
68
9
66
9
(2)
6
18
85
= 32 =
53
=
(1)
75
85
=
75
(4)
= 32 =
53
=
(1)
75
85
=
75
4
95
18
95
85
95
= 32 =
53
=
=
(1)
75
85
=
75
=
95
85
18
18
=
=
=
(3)
= 32 =
53
(2)
78
102
6
=
(1)
75
85
=
75
=
XCR TW115 / XCRTW215
66
Fixing
(6)
(5)
Horizontal position
Vertical position
36
127
=
53
=
= =
=
107
95
11
(
34,5
5,5
48,5
30
119
112,5
108
88,5
41
=
=
64
30
XCKWM2115H29
22 15
8
4
(1)
137
XCKWM2121H29
14
14
14
117
)
XCKWM2102H29
60,5
Limit switch, Classic, XCKWM (metal)
XCKWM2110H29
100
95
=
54
75
85
=
(1)
=
53
75
5
= 32 =
=
95
85
18
5
11
= =
=
80
(6)
(1) ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) Lever length: 200mm.
(3) Lever length + roller: 160mm.
(4) Lever length 300mm for XCRFW, 200mm for
XCREW
(5) 200 maxi – 83 mini
(6) 90° maxi
Ø: 2 oblongs holes 6,2 x 6,5.
(1)
=
41
64
30
=
(1)
30
41
65
30
11,5
8
34
(1)
=
41
=
64
XCK WM2106H29
(1) 3 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) 2 x Ø 4.
Ø: 2 oblongs holes 5,2 x 6,2.
14
Back side
54
201
142,5
41
(2)
=
(1)
30
=
41
27
=
=
64
91
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XCSW
These key operated safety switches is specially designed for machine
guarding applications. They provide an ideal solution for the locking or
interlocking of movable guards used on industrial machinery.
Specifications
Material (body)
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)
IP66
–20°C to +60°C
INERIS 04ATEX0038X
Ex II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 IP67 T85°C
Standards
IEC61241–0, pr IEC61241–1
Ex-Code
Ex ed IIC T6 T85°C ATEX II 2 GD
Zone
1 - 2 and 21 - 22
Type of actuator XCSW metallic body
Actuator speed Maximal: 0,5 m/s, minimal: 0,001 m/s
Cable entry
1 entry ¿tted with ISO M20 cable gland
Fixing centres
30 x 60
Dimensions (mm) 40 x 113,5 x 44
Guard switches
Without locking of the operating
key
With locking of the operating key and manual unlocking
With pushbutton
With key operated lock
Weight (kg)
0,450
0,480
0,500
Resistance to forcible withdrawal of actuator
XCSWB and XCSWC: 1500 N
Mechanical durability (millions of operating
cycles)
1
0,6
N/C + N/C snap action
XCSWA2902
XCSWB2902
XCSWC2902
N/O + N/C stagged
XCSWA2102
XCSWB2102
XCSWC2102
Attention:
The XCSW product must be used with a Safety modules for monitoring based on Schneider PREVENTA range.
This module must be locate in safety zone (not ATEX) or in an Explosion proof enclosure.
Reference of actuators
Description
For guard switches XCSWA, B,
C, E
Weight (kg)
92
Straight actuator
Wide actuator
Pivoting actuator
Latch for sliding doors
XCS Z01
XCS Z02
XCS Z03
XCS Z05
0,020
0,020
0,095
0,600
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XCSW
Key operated metal case safety switches
Without locking of the operating key
Metal case limit switches for use on machines without inertia and operating in normal conditions (no vibration or
shock). Guard mounted vertically without risk of rebound on closing, thereby eliminating unintentional opening of
the guard.
With locking of the operating key and manual unlocking
Metal case limit switches for use on heavy machines without inertia and operating in arduous conditions (shock
or vibration exist), whereby the guard could open unintentionally. A key operated lock or a pushbutton enables
the positive locking of the guard and its subsequent unlocking.
Operating keys
The operating keys are common to all metal case safety switches. Their oblong ¿xing holes enable simple
adjustment when mounting on moving guards. A pivoting operating key (both horizontally and vertically) is
available when using safety switches in conjunction with hinged guards or guards with imprecise guiding. Straight
operating keys are supplied with an adaptor shank for simple replacement of an XCKWJ limit switch by an XCSW
switch, without the need to drill additional ¿xing holes.
Turret head
All metal case safety switches are ¿tted with a square turret head which can be rotated through 360° in 90° steps
8 directions of actuation are possible for the operating key:
- 4 in the horizontal plane,
- 4 from above the switch (4 alternative positions of the key slot, depending on the orientation of the head).
On removal of the ¿ xing screw for re-orientation of the operating head, the head itself remains attached to the
body and the contact state remain unchanged.
Safety contacts
Metal case safety switches incorporate a 2-pole contact block, with positive opening operation, which is actuated by insertion or withdrawal of the operating key. The withdrawal of the operating key opens the N/C safety
contact(s), even in the event of the contact sticking or welding.
Manual locking/unlocking by pushbutton or key operated lock
on XCWSB and XCWSC
Their use is not necessary for the normal operation of the limit switch. For ease of access, the pushbutton or
lock may be mounted on the right or the left of the limit switch head. For limit switches type XCSWC, when the
machine guard is locked (key in position “LOCK”), the resistance to forcible withdrawal of the operating key ¿ tted
to the guard is 150 daN. The key is removable from the locking device in the “LOCK” position.
Dimensions
XCSWA
XCSWB, XCSWC
93
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XY2WCE
The tripwire emergency stop is located above or close to the conveyor. In
the event of a mechanical problem or overloading on the belt, the tripwire
mechanism will cause the belt to stop.
Specifications
Material (body)
IP rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Work specifications
Protection
Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)
IP65
20°C to +60°C
INERIS 04ATEX0040 for XY2W
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN500281-1-1
Ex ed IIC T6 IP65 / T85ºC ATEX II 2 GD
AC15; A300 (Ue=240V, Ie=3A) /
DC13; Q300 (Ue=250V, Ie=0,27 A)
By fuse 10A gG (gl)
Wire trip emergency stop
For operating cable ut to 50m long
Mechanical durability (million of operating cycles)
Connection
Latching without indicator light
0.01
1 entry with ISO M20 cable gland (for cable ø 7mm to 15mm)
and 2 entries ¿tted with blank plug
Reset
By booted pushbutton
By key release pushbutton (key no 421)
Operating cable length
< 50m
< 50m
Operating cable anchoring point
To left
To right
To left
To right
References
1 N/C + N/O positive snap action
XY2WCE2A250
XY2WCE1A250
XY2WCE2A450
XY2WCE1A450
2 N/C + N/O positive snap action
XY2WCE2A270
XY2WCE1A270
XY2WCE2A470
XY2WCE1A470
Dimensions
94
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XPEW
The foot switch gives information by foot action so that operators
can focus their hands and eyes on other tasks at hand.
Specifications
Material
IP rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Work specifications
Protection
Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)
IP66
20°C to +60°C
INERIS 04ATEX0042 for XPEW
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN500281-1-1
Ex ed IIC T6 IP65/IP66 T85ºC ATEX II 2 GD
AC15; A300 (Ue=240V, Ie=3A) / DC13;
Q300 (Ue=250V, Ie=0,27 A)
By fuse 10A gG (gl)
Single pedal switches
Type
Mechanical durability (million of operating cycles)
Single pedal switches
5
1 entry ¿tted with PG16 cable gland (for cable ø 5mm to 13mm)
and 1 ¿tted with blank plug
Connection
Colour
Blue
Contact operation
1 step
2 step
Orange
References
1 N/C + N/O positive snap action
XPEWM110
–
XPEWR110
–
2 N/C + N/O positive snap action
XPEWM111
XPEWM211
XPEWR111
XPEWR211
1 step
2 step
Dimensions
95
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XMLWC
When it is important to control Àuids in your installation, Technor Atex
pressure switches are the solution. With an extensive range for pressures
and Àuids, XMLWC pressures switches give you control in your ATEX
zone. For further information, please contact our sales of¿ce for information.
Specifications
Material (body)
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Connection
Availability
Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)
IP66
ÀuidT < +70°C or
+70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
INERIS 04ATEX0007
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN500281-1-1
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C
for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C
for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Screw clamp terminals
1/4” gas female
Corrosive Àuids, oil, water, air
Type
Gauge
Conformity
Zones
EC type examination certi¿cate
number
Product labeling
Hydraulic connection
Electric connection
Temperature range
Degree of protection
Rated operational characteristics
Protection against short-circuits
Adjustable range of switching point
(PH)
Fluids controlled
Possible differential
subtract from PH
to give PB
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap
action
96
Vacuum switch with
Pressure switch with display
display
- 1 bar
1 bar
1 bar
ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
INERIS 04ATEX0007
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
1/4” gas female
On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
- 20 °C … + 60°C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
-1…-0,14 bar
0,005…1 bar
0,005…1 bar
Oil, water, air,
corrosive Àuids
Min. at low setting
0,13 bar
Min. at high setting 0,14 bar
Max. at high setting 0,8 bar
XMLW-CM02T2S12
Oil, air
Water, corrosive Àuids
0,03 bar
0,04 bar
0,8 bar
XMLWC001R2S12
0,03 bar
0,04 bar
0,8 bar
XMLW-C001S2S12
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XMLWC
Type
Gauge
Conformity
Zones
EC type examination certi¿cate number
Product labeling
Pressure switch with display
4 bar
4 bar
10 bar
ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
INERIS 04ATEX0007
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection
1/4” gas female
Electric connection
On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range
- 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection
IP66
Rated operational characteristics
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
Protection against short-circuits
By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point (PH)
0,3…4 bar
0,3…4 bar
0,7…10 bar
Fluids controlled
Oil, water, air
Corrosive Àuids
Oil, water, air
Possible differential
Min. at low setting
0,17 bar
0,17 bar
0,45 bar
subtract from PH
Min. at high setting 0,15 bar
0,15 bar
0,70 bar
to give PB
Max. at high setting 2,5 bar
2,5 bar
8 bar
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap action
XMLW-C004B2S12
XMLW-C004C2S12 XMLW-C010B2S12
Type
Gauge
Conformity
Zones
EC type examination certi¿cate number
Product labeling
Hydraulic connection
Electric connection
Temperature range
Degree of protection
Rated operational characteristics
Protection against short-circuits
Adjustable range of switching point (PH)
Fluids controlled
Possible differential
subtract from PH
to give PB
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap action
Min. at low setting
Min. at high setting
Max. at high setting
Type
Gauge
Conformity
Zones
EC type examination certi¿cate number
Product labeling
Hydraulic connection
Electric connection
Temperature range
Degree of protection
Rated operational characteristics
Protection against short-circuits
Adjustable range of switching point (PH)
Fluids controlled
Possible differential
subtract from PH
to give PB
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap action
Min. at low setting
Min. at high setting
Max. at high setting
Pressure switch with display
10 bar
20 bar
20 bar
ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
INERIS 04ATEX0007
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
1/4” gas female
On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
- 20 °C … + 60°C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
0,7…10 bar
1,3…20 bar
1,3…20 bar
Corrosive Àuids
Oil, water, air
Corrosive Àuids
0,45 bar
0,7 bar
0,7 bar
0,70 bar
1 bar
1 bar
8 bar
11 bar
11 bar
XMLW-C010C2S12 XMLW-C020B2S12 XMLW-C020C2S12
Pressure switch with display
35 bar
35 bar
ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
INERIS 04ATEX0007
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
1/4” gas female
On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
- 20 °C … + 60°C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
3,5…35 bar
3,5…35 bar
Oil, water, air
Corrosive Àuids
1 bar
1 bar
1,5 bar
1,5 bar
22 bar
22 bar
XMLW-C035B2S12 XMLW-C035C2S12
97
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XMLWC
Type
Pressure switch with display
Gauge
70 bar
Conformity
ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
70 bar
70 bar
Zones
1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
EC type examination certi¿cate number
INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection
1/4” gas female
Electric connection
On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range
- 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection
IP66
Rated operational characteristics
Ue = 250V
Protection against short-circuits
By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point
(PH)
7…70 bar
Ie = 6A
7…70 bar
7…70 bar
Oil, air
Fresh water, sea water
Corrosive Àuids
Min. at low setting
4,5 bar
4,5 bar
4,5 bar
subtract from PH
Min. at high setting
8,9 bar
8,9 bar
8,9 bar
to give PB
Max. at high setting 60 bar
60 bar
60 bar
XMLWC070D2S12
XMLW-C070E2S12
XMLW-C070N2S12
Gauge
160 bar
160 bar
Conformity
ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
Fluids controlled
Possible differential
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap
action
Type
Pressure switch with display
160 bar
Zones
1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
EC type examination certi¿cate number
INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection
1/4” gas female
Electric connection
On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range
- 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection
IP66
Rated operational characteristics
Ue = 250V
Protection against short-circuits
By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point
(PH)
12…160 bar
Ie = 6A
12…160 bar
12…160 bar
Oil, air
Fresh water, sea water
Corrosive Àuids
Min. at low setting
9 bar
9 bar
9 bar
subtract from PH
Min. at high setting
21 bar
to give PB
Max. at high setting 110 bar
Fluids controlled
Possible differential
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap
action
98
XMLWC160D2S12
21 bar
21 bar
110 bar
110 bar
XMLW-C160E2S12
XMLW-C160N2S12
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches
XMLWC
Type
Gauge
Conformity
Zones
EC type examination certi¿cate number
Product labeling
Hydraulic connection
Electric connection
Temperature range
Degree of protection
Rated operational characteristics
Protection against short-circuits
Adjustable range of switching point (PH)
Fluids controlled
Possible differential
subtract from PH
to give PB
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap action
Min. at low setting
Min. at high setting
Max. at high setting
Pressure switch with display
300 bar
300 bar
300 bar
ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
INERIS 04ATEX0007
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
1/4” gas female
On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
- 20 °C … + 60°C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
22…300 bar 22…300 bar
22…300 bar
Oil, air
Fresh water, sea water
Corrosive Àuids
16 bar
16 bar
16 bar
35 bar
35 bar
35 bar
240 bar
240 bar
240 bar
XMLWXMLW-C300E2S12
XMLW-C300N2S12
C300D2S12
Type
Gauge
Conformity
Zones
EC type examination certi¿cate number
Product labeling
Hydraulic connection
Electric connection
Temperature range
Degree of protection
Rated operational characteristics
Protection against short-circuits
Adjustable range of switching point
(PH)
Fluids controlled
Possible differential
subtract from PH
to give PB
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap
action
Pressure switch with display
500 bar
500 bar
500 bar
ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
INERIS 04ATEX0007
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
1/4” gas female
On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
- 20 °C … + 60°C
IP66
Ue = 250V
Ie = 6A
By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
30…500 bar
30…500 bar
30…500 bar
Min. at low setting
Min. at high setting
Max. at high setting
Oil, air
19 bar
52 bar
340 bar
XMLWC500D2S12
Fresh water, sea water
19 bar
52 bar
340 bar
XMLW-C500E2S12
Corrosive Àuids
19 bar
52 bar
340 bar
XMLW-C500N2S12
Dimensions
90
PH : HIGH SETUP POINT
46
PB : LOW POINT
2xØ5,2
5
113
37
Choose the pressure by adjusting the red
screw '1' and adjust the low pressure by
setting up the differential pressure with the
green screw '2'.
37
Ø5,2 x 6,7
17,5
(2)
23
= 20-22 =
56
99
100
Flameproof Enclosures
TNCD
Enclosure, Ex d, AISI 316
TNXCD
Cylindrical Enclosure, Ex d, AISI 316
DE8WH
Enclosure, Ex d/de, Semi-hardened Steel
DE1WH
Enclosure, Ex e/ed, Semi-hardened Steel
GUB Series
Enclosures for connection, Ex d IIC, Copper free Aluminium
GUB-QL Series
Enclosures for check and control, Ex d IIC, Copper free Aluminium
CP Series
Junction Boxes, Ex d IIC, Copper free Aluminium
TNBCD
Enclosure, Ex d, AISI 316
DE8BC
Enclosure, Ex d/de, Semi-hardened Steel or AISI 316
EJB Series
Enclosures for control, check and connection, Ex d IIB + H2, Copper free Aluminium
TNDLD
Line Bushing, Ex d, Acid Resistant Steel
TNDLD (Fibre optic)
Line Bushing, Ex d, Acid Resistant Steel
TNDLDE (Coax cable)
Line Bushing, Ex d, Acid Resistant Steel
102
103
104
105
106
108
110
115
116
117
121
122
123
101
Flameproof Enclosures
TNCD
The TNCD range of Enclosures is designed to meet the requirements
for Ex d IIC equipment in rigorous environments on- and offshore.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Acid Resistant Stainless Steel SS316
IP66 (IP67 upon request)
-20ºC to +40ºC (T6),
Option -40ºC to +60ºC
NEMKO 03ATEX263U
DNV-2203-OSL-ATEX-0135
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
Ex d IIC/IIB T6 – T4
II 2 G/D or II 2(1/2)G/D
Viton
Glass blasted
Approvals
Complete certificate
Standards
Ex-Code
Lid gasket
Surface treatment
Earthing between
Ex d and Ex e/i
enclosures
Cover
Through the Àange assembly
With or without hinges, depending on size
Measurement table for EEx d IIC Explosion proof enclosures
TNCD
191918
282827
383827
A
Width
(mm)
190
280
380
575727
570
TNCD
B
C
D
Height Depth Total
(mm) (mm) depth
190
180
213
280
270
300
380
270
300
570
270
300
Internal dimensions
a
b
c
Width Height Depth
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
170
170
131
260
260
217
360
360
217
Weight
kg
16
37
60
Ø
Window
(mm)
65
65/100
65/100
125
65/100/154
550
550
213
Range of EEx e connection boxes (optional)
Dimensions
102
TNCC
E
Width
(mm)
F
Heigth
(mm)
G
Depth
(mm)
Kg
Weight
191918
190
190
180
3,0
282827
280
280
270
6,6
383827
380
380
270
10,5
575727
570
570
270
19,7
Viewing window TNCD
Viewing windows are available in the
following diameters: 65mm, 100mm and
154mm. The window is placed in the
centre of the lid. Windows (Ø65) can also
be placed on the sides or back wall.
Flameproof Enclosures
TNXCD
The TNXCD range of enclosures features a slim and compact
multipurpose design.
The enclosures are Ex d IIC approved for use on- and offshore
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
- Empty enclosure
- Complete enclosure
Acid resistant stainless steel SS316
IP66 (IP67 and IP68 upon request)
Various max: -50ºC to +60ºC
Standards
Ex-Code empty enclosure
Cenelec
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
Ex IIC,
II 2 G
Earthing between Ex d
and Ex e enclosure
Through the Àange assembly
Entries
Gland Size EEx e
Gland Size EEx d
Bushing EEx d
DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0436-U
DNV-2004-OSL-ATEX-0115
Ex e glands and EEx d bushings,
or EEx d glands only
M25
According to speci¿cation
Max M42,
number and core size acc. to spec.
Dimensions
103
Flameproof Enclosures
DE8WH
Our ATEX enclosures range comprises many standard sizes of enclosures
manufactured in painted steel. Each of the enclosures allow for the utilization of standard electrical components inside making subsequent replacement and maintenance of the installed components easier as it may be
performed by trained electricians. If required, several enclosures may be
assembled on a framework, with separate or common Ex e/I junction boxes. The enclosures can be delivered empty with U component certi¿cate or
supplied fully assembled according to client demands. DE8WH range can
be provided in Semi-hardened steel.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Drain plug
Semi-hardened steel
IP65
–20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
INERIS 03ATEX0121X
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN50020, EN500281-1-1
Ex d IIC or de IIB T6 to T4 IP6X - T85°C to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD or 2 (1) GD
Ex d [ia] or d [ia] ia or de [ia] or
de [ia] ia IIB T6 IP6X T85°C
RAL 7032 Painting - Special painting on request.
Upon request
Measurement table for Ex d IIC Explosion proof enclosure
Reference
DE8WH
Width
A
Height
B
Door
Ø
Depth
H
Useful
Depth
P
Fixing
points
A1 x B1
Diameter
of fixing
holes
Base plate
useful surface
IxJ
Max.
dissipation
W
Weights
Empty
kg
DE8WH107
670
1040
550
360
317
720x800
Ø 14
646x1016
600
260
DE8WH64
670
670
550
300
257
720x552
Ø 14
646x646
330
200
DE8WH43
520
520
400
300
257
570x400
Ø 14
496x496
270
125
DE8WH32
330
330
250
300
257
380x210
Ø 14
306x306
165
65
DE8WH261
260
260
245
135
85
116x305
Ø9
Ø 190
90
9
DE8WH26
260
260
230
135
175
116x305
Ø9
Ø 190
90
12
Dimensions
104
Flameproof Enclosures
DE1WH
Our ATEX enclosures range comprises many standard sizes of
enclosures manufactured in painted steel. Each of the enclosures
are allows for the utilization of standard electrical components inside
making subsequent replacement and maintenance of the installed
components easier as they may be performed by trained electricians.
If required, several enclosures may be assembled on a framework,
with separate or common Ex e/I junction boxes. The enclosures
can be delivered empty with U component certi¿cate or supplied
fully assembled according to client demands. DE1WH range can be
providing in Semi-hardened steel.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Drain plug
Semi-hardened steel
IP65
–20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
INERIS 03ATEX0006
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN50028, EN500281-1-1
Ex e II or ed IIC or em II or emd IIC T6 to T4
IP6X - T85°C to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD
RAL 7032 Painting – Special painting on request.
Upon request
Measurement table for Ex e IIC Increase safety enclosures: DE1WH
Reference
DE1WH
Width
A
Height
B
Depth
C
Nb of
command and
signal unit
Nb of
Ammeter
Diameter
of fixing
holes
Weights
empty
kg
DE1WH270
250
270
230
9
2
25
6
DE1WH330
250
330
230
18
4
42
8
DE1WH520
330
520
230
40
4
72
13
DE1WH670
520
670
230
108
5
120
22
Dimensions
105
Flameproof Enclosures
GUB
The GUB… series of enclosures for control, check, signal, automation,
interruption and/or protection units is Ex d IIC certi¿ed. Suitable for electric
and/or electronic equipment and terminals for the link to the outside circuits. GUB… Enclosure lids may be equipped with an inspection window.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Copper free Aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
IP66
-50°C to 55°C
-30°C to 55°C with glass inspection window
Certification
& Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 00ATEX0033X
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00495
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C / T100°C / T135°C
II 2(1) GD
Ex d [ia] IIC T6
Ex tD [ia] A21 IP66 T85°C
Lid / Door gasket
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment
Unpainted
Drain plug
Entries thread
The enclosures can be equipped with drain and/or breather devices:
ECR-1; ECR-2 type.
Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Standard identification
Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
Max. Q.ty for entries
Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: check table’s references
Max. Q.ty for terminals
Accessories on request
Maximum quantity of terminals per size in sqmm: check table’s references
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
External polyurethane customized painting
GUB…- Lighting / Power Distribution Panel (QADL)
GUB-…EMH…Instruments Housing
GUB-QL…
Main Applications
Note
106
Bearing in mind the inifinite of combinations between:
• quantity of terminals,
• relevant cross section,
• class of temperature,
• ambient temperature
... we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips and entries.
A free copy of CALCUBOX is usually supplied with the CD version of the product Catalogue and is also available as
a download from our website.
Flameproof Enclosures
GUB
Items Table
TYPE
GUB 01
CODE
A.0244.10
A
169
B
169
C
152
D
139
F
62
G
105
ØH
125
I
150
L
150
M
7
Weight
Kg
3,620
P
-
R
-
AA
-
EE
-
GUB 02
A.0245.10
190
190
164
160
63
113
144
170
170
8
4,720
-
-
-
-
GUB 03
A.0246.10
210
210
179
180
78
127
167
190
190
8
5,950
-
-
-
-
GUB 04
A.0247.10
232
281
206
202
97
152
183
210
260
8
8,900
-
-
-
-
GUB 05
A.0248.10
257
298
222
227
106
163
206
235
275
8
11,860
-
-
-
-
GUB 06
A.0249.10
293
329
248
259
140
203
242
270
305
10
15,750
-
-
-
-
Maximum quantity of entries per sides A/B
Conduit Entries (one row)
Type
M20 ½”
M25 ¾”
M32 1”
M50 1 ½”
M63 2”
M75 2 ½”
M80 3”
4”
GUB
01
3/3
2/2
2/2
1/1
1/1
-
GUB
02
3/3
2/2
2/2
1/1
1/1
-
GUB
03
4/4
4/4
3/3
2/2
1/1
1/1
-
GUB
04
4/5
4/5
3/4
2/3
2/2
1/2
1/1
-
GUB
05
4/5
4/5
3/4
2/3
2/2
2/2
1/2
1/1
GUB
06
5/6
4/5
4/4
2/3
2/3
2/2
1/2
1/1
Maximum quantity of entries per sides A/B
Cable Glands Entries (two row)
Type
M20 ½”
M25 ¾”
M32 1”
M50 1 ½”
M63 2”
M75 2 ½”
M80 3”
4”
GUB
01
3/3
3/3
2/2
1/1
1/1
-
GUB
02
5/5
5/5
3/3
2/2
1/1
-
GUB
03
5/5
5/5
3/3
2/2
1/1
1/1
-
GUB
04
5/7
5/7
5/5
2/3
2/2
1/2
1/1
-
GUB
05
7/9
7/9
5/7
2/3
2/2
2/2
1/2
1/1
GUB
06
7/9
7/9
5/7
3/5
3/2
2/2
1/2
1/1
Indicative maximum quantity of terminals
per Size in square mm.
(For speci¿c quantity contact our sales service)
Type
mm2
2,5
4
6
10
16
25
35
50
70
120
185
GUB
01
18
17
14
11
9
5
-
GUB
02
22
21
17
13
10
6
6
5
-
GUB
03
25
25
19
15
12
8
8
6
-
GUB
04
40
40
22
17
14
9
9
8
-
GUB
05
46
46
34
19
16
10
10
8
5
4
-
GUB
06
58
58
42
34
19
12
12
11
8
6
5
GUB-...Lighting/power distribution panels (QADL)
GUB…Series of Enclosures, in combination with MCB circuit
breakers series MULTI-9 Merlin Gerin brand of Schneider Electric,
are suitable for building “Customized” Lighting/Power Distribution
Panels and Heat Tracing panels. These customized Lighting/
Power distribution panels are used, indoor or outdoor, in corrosive
and hazardous locations due to the presence of gases, vapours
and dusts.
Dimensions
107
Flameproof Enclosures
GUB-QL
The GUB-QL series of enclosures for control, check, signal, automation,
interruption and/or protection units are Ex d IIC certi¿ed. Suitable for
electric and/or electronic equipment and terminals for the link to the outside circuits. On GUB-QL enclosures, accessories such as pushbuttons,
pilot lamps and selector switch operators can be installed.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)
IP66
-50°C to 55°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 00ATEX0033X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00495
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C
II 2(1) GD
Ex d [ia] IIC T6
Ex tD [ia] A21 IP66 T85°C
Lid / Door gasket
Surface treatment
Drain plug
Entries thread
Standard identification
Quantity for entries
Quantity for terminals
Accessories on Request
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Unpainted
The enclosures can be equipped with drain and/or
breather devices: ECR-1; ECR-2 type.
Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance
self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B:
check table’s references
Maximum quantity of terminals per size in sqmm:
check table’s references
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
External polyurethane customized painting
Note
108
Bearing in mind the endless of combinations between:
quantity of terminals, relevant cross section, class of
temperature, ambient temperature... we suggest using
our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible
terminals strips and entries. A free copy of CALCUBOX
is usually supplied with the CD Catalogue and is also
available as a download from our website.
Flameproof Enclosures
GUB-QL
TYPE
GUB-QL 02
GUB-QL 03
GUB-QL 06
Maximun M32
Devices
3
4
10
A
190
210
293
B
190
210
329
C
139
160
235
D
160
180
259
E
160
180
295
REFERENCE / QUOTE
F
G
H
I
63
104
144
170
78
119
167
190
140
195
242
305
L
170
190
270
M
8
8
10
N
143
139
/
P
179
174
/
NB. The Enclosures are equipped with an inside thermostat that, when evironment temperature is rangin from -25°C to -50°C, assure an internal
temperature of -25°C min. Instead, when inside temperature goes over 40°C the thermostat must cut out the circuit tension.
Dimensions
109
Flameproof Enclosures
CP
The CP… series of Enclosures Ex d IIC certi¿ed with or without
terminals for the connection to the outside circuits.
CP… Enclosures are made of Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%),
completed with threaded hubs suitable for cable glands or conduit
and internal threaded devices to secure DIN/Omega normalized rails
for terminal strips. Connection of ¿ttings do not affect inner space,
which is fully available for terminals and wirings. Internal and
external screws are in Stainless Steel AISI 304
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)
IP65
-35°C to +40°C for T6 / T85°C
-35°C to +50°C for T5 / T100°C
-35°C to +60°C for T4 / T135°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 03ATEX0009
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00508
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C / T100°C / T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2 & Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring
made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Lid / Door gasket
Unpainted
Surface treatment
Max DC voltage
440 V
Electrical
Max AC voltage
1000 V
characteristics
Nominal frequency
50 / 60 Hz
Max current
100 A
Available from 90 mm to 120 mm
Internal diameter
(C) = 2, (T) = 3, (X) = 4 ways
Entries position
Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Entries thread
Standard identification Identi¿cation nameplate is made of high resistance self-adhesive
polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Accessories upon
request
110
Flameproof Enclosures
CP
Code
A.0213.02
Type
CPC- 26
Internal Diameter [mm]
90
Entries Number
2
Entries Configuration
C
A.0213.22
A.0213.20
A.0213.06
A.0213.26
A.0213.60
A.0213.08
A.0213.28
A.0213.80
A.0212.01
A.0212.21
CPC- 26
CPC- 26
CPT- 26
CPT- 26
CPT- 26
CPX- 26
CPX- 26
CPX- 26
CPSC- 26
CPSC- 26
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
120
120
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
2
2
C
C
T
T
T
X
X
X
C
C
¾” NPT
M25 metric x 1,5
¾” UNI-6125
¾” NPT
M25 metric x 1,5
¾” UNI-6125
¾” NPT
M25 metric x 1,5
¾” UNI-6125
¾” NPT
A.0212.20
A.0212.05
A.0212.26
A.0212.25
A.0212.07
A.0212.27
A.0212.70
A.0214.01
A.0214.21
A.0214.10
A.0212.02
A.0212.42
A.0212.32
A.0212.06
A.0212.36
A.0212.62
A.0212.08
A.0212.38
A.0212.72
A.0215.01
A.0215.31
A.0215.32
CPSC- 26
CPST- 26
CPST- 26
CPST- 26
CPSX- 26
CPSX- 26
CPSX- 26
CPSG- 26
CPSG- 26
CPSG- 26
CPSC- 36
CPSC- 36
CPSC- 36
CPST- 36
CPST- 36
CPST- 36
CPSX- 36
CPSX- 36
CPSX- 36
CPSG- 36
CPSG- 36
CPSG- 36
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
3
3
3
C
T
T
T
X
X
X
M25 metric x 1,5
¾” UNI-6125
¾” NPT
M25 metric x 1,5
¾” UNI-6125
¾” NPT
M25 metric x 1,5
¾” UNI-6125
¾” NPT
M25 metric x 1,5
1” UNI-6125
1” NPT
M32 metric x 1,5
1” UNI-6125
1” NPT
M32 metric x 1,5
1” UNI-6125
1” NPT
M32 metric x 1,5
1” UNI-6125
1” NPT
M32 metric x 1,5
C
C
C
T
T
T
X
X
X
Entries Diameter Ø
¾” UNI-6125
Weight [kg]
0,88
0,88
0,88
0,88
0,88
0,88
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
1,27
CPX-26, CPT-26, CPC-26
Cross section [sqmm]
Quantity/connection per terminal
Features
2,5
6/2
screw/screw
4
6/2
screw/screw
6
6/2
screw/screw
340/SP
Terminal strip type
Terminal type
11546820
Suitable for 3 cables 3 wires 4 sqmm : Ph # N # E
Construction
Connection per
sqmm
terminal
Features
4
3
Spring
Colour
Grey
Label
L
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
12546822
4
3
Spring
Blue
N
Entrelec
Neutral
19563712
4
3
Spring
Yellow /green
E
Entrelec
Earth
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
440/SP
Terminal strip type
Terminal type
11547923
Suitable for 4 cables 3 wires 4 sqmm : Ph # N # E
Construction
Connection per
sqmm
terminal
Features
4
4
Spring
Colour
Grey
Label
L
12547925
4
4
Spring
Blue
N
Entrelec
Neutral
19563823
4
4
Spring
Yellow /green
E
Entrelec
Earth
111
Flameproof Enclosures
CP
CPSX-26, CPSG-26
Cross section [sqmm]
2,5
4
6
10
16
Terminal strip type
Terminal type
11546820
sqmm
4
Quantity / connection per terminal
12/2
12/2
10/2
6/2
6/2
340/THPN
Suitable for 3 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Construction
Connection per
terminal
Features
3
Spring
Colour
Grey
Features
Screw/screw
Screw/screw
Screw/screw
Screw/screw
Screw/screw
Label
L1
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
11546820
4
3
Spring
Grey
L2
Entrelec
Phase
11546820
4
3
Spring
Grey
L3
Entrelec
Phase
12546822
4
3
Spring
Blue
N
Entrelec
Neutral
19563712
Terminal strip type
4
3
E
Entrelec
Earth
Label
L1
L2
L3
N
E
Manufacturer
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
function
Phase
Phase
Phase
Neutral
Earth
Spring
Yellow /green
440/THPN
Suitable for 4 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Construction
Terminal type
11547923
11547923
11547923
12547925
19563823
sqmm
4
4
4
4
4
Connection per
terminal
4
4
4
4
4
Features
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Colour
Grey
Grey
Grey
Blue
Yellow /green
CPST-36, CPSG-36
Cross section [sqmm]
Quantity / connection per terminal
Features
2,5
12/2
Screw/screw
4
12/2
Screw/screw
6
10/2
Screw/screw
10
6/2
Screw/screw
16
6/2
Screw/screw
340/THPN
Suitable for 3 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Terminal strip type
Construction
Terminal type
11546820
sqmm
4
Features
Spring
Colour
Grey
Label
L1
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
11546820
4
3
Spring
Grey
L2
Entrelec
Phase
11546820
4
3
Spring
Grey
L3
Entrelec
Phase
12546822
4
3
Spring
Blue
N
Entrelec
Neutral
19563712
4
3
Spring
Yellow /green
E
Entrelec
Earth
Colour
Grey
Grey
Grey
Blue
Yellow /green
Label
L1
L2
L3
N
E
Manufacturer
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
Entrelec
function
Phase
Phase
Phase
Neutral
Earth
440/THPN
Suitable for 4 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Construction
Terminal strip type
Terminal type
11547923
11547923
11547923
12547925
19563823
112
Connection per
terminal
3
sqmm
4
4
4
4
4
Connection per
terminal
4
4
4
4
4
Features
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Spring
Flameproof Enclosures
CP
Cross section [sqmm]
2,5
Quantity / connection per terminal
12/2
Features
Screw/screw
4
12/2
Screw/screw
6
10/2
Screw/screw
Terminal
strip type
340/THPN
Suitable for 3 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Construction
Terminal type
11546820
sqmm
4
Connection per
terminal
3
Features
Spring
Colour
Grey
Label
L1
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
11546820
4
3
Spring
Grey
L2
Entrelec
Phase
11546820
4
3
Spring
Grey
L3
Entrelec
Phase
12546822
4
3
Spring
Blue
N
Entrelec
Neutral
19563712
Terminal
strip type
4
Spring
Yellow /green
E
Entrelec
Earth
3
440/THPN
Suitable for 4 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm : Ph # N # E
Construction
Terminal type
11547923
sqmm
4
Connection per
terminal
4
11547923
4
4
Spring
Grey
L2
Entrelec
Phase
11547923
4
4
Spring
Grey
L3
Entrelec
Phase
12547925
4
4
Spring
Blue
N
Entrelec
Neutral
19563823
4
4
Spring
Yellow /green
E
Entrelec
Earth
Features
Spring
Colour
Grey
Label
L1
Manufacturer
Entrelec
function
Phase
Dimensions (mm)
INNER
VIEW
CPS-..26
CP-.
CPS-..36
CPS-..26
CPS-G-26
CPS-G-36
113
114
Flameproof Enclosures
TNBCD
The TNBCD range of enclosures is designed to meet the
requirements for Ex d IIB equipment on- and offshore.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Acid Resistant Stainless Steel SS316
IP66 (IP67 and IP68 upon request)
–20ºC to +50ºC (T6)
Option -50ºC to +60ºC
NEMKO 03ATEX264U
DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0136
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
Ex d IIC/IIB T6 – T4
II 2 G/D or II 2(1/2)G/D
Viton
Glass blasted
Approvals
Complete certificate
Standards
Ex-Code
Lid gasket
Surface treatment
Earthing between
EEx d and EEx e/i
enclosures
Cover
Through the Àange assembly
With or without hinges,
depending on size
Range of for EEx d IIB Explosion proof enclosures
TNBCD
TNBCD
A
Width
B
Height
(¿xing) (mm)
(¿xing) (mm)
C
Depth
(mm)
Internal dimensions
Kg
Weight
(mm)
Ø
Window
(mm)
a
Wide
(mm)
b
Height
(mm)
c
Depth
(mm)
262531
230
290
315
48
65/100
226
216
265
323321
360
300
215
57
65/100
286
296
165
453535
420
390
355
95
65/100/154
416
316
305
573835
545
420
355
122
65/100/154
541
346
305
Measurement table for EEx e connection boxes (optional)
TNCN/TNCC
E
(mm)
F
(mm)
G
(mm)
202025
200
200
255
252015
250
200
155
383821
380
380
255
453825
450
380
255
Dimensions
115
Flameproof Enclosures
DE8BC
Our ATEX enclosures range comprises many standard sizes of
enclosures manufactured in painted carbon steel. Each of the
enclosures allow for the utilization of standard electrical components inside, making subsequent replacement and maintenance of
the installed components easier as it may be performed by trained
electricians. If required, several enclosures may be assembled on
a framework, with separate or common Ex e/I junction boxes. The
enclosures can be delivered empty with U component certi¿cate or
supplied fully assembled according to client demands. DE8BC range
can be provided in Semi-hardened steel or stainless steel.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Drain plug
Semi-hardened steel or stainless steel
IP65–IP66
–20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
INERIS 03ATEX0005X
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN50020, EN500281-1-1
Ex d IIB or de IIB T6 to T4 IP6X +40°C T85°C
to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD or 2 (1) GD
Ex d [ia] or d [ia] ia or de [ia]
or de [ia] ia IIB T6 IP6X T85°C
RAL 7032 Painting - Special painting on request.
Upon request
Measurement table for EEx d IIB Explosion proof enclosure
Reference
DE8BC
Width
A
Height
B
Depth
C
Useful
Depth
C1
Fixing
points
H1 x L1
Diameter
of fixing
holes
Base plate
useful surface
HxL
Max.
dissipation
W
Weights
empty
kg
DE8BC148
DE8BC108
DE8BC107
DE8BC86
DE8BC75
DE8BC64
DE8BC54
DE8BC44
DE8BC43
DE8BC351
940
864
864
764
664
544
544
544
434
354
1590
1164
1164
964
864
744
644
544
534
474
510
425
380
365
320
310
305
295
290
240
425
300
251
271
231
226
226
226
226
166
1200x900
908x868
908x868
714x734
614x630
514x526
414x526
334x526
334x526
274x346
Ø 20
Ø 20
Ø 20
Ø 20
Ø 20
Ø 20
Ø 20
Ø 12
Ø 12
Ø 12
1450x800
1000x700
1000x700
800x600
700x500
600x400
500x400
400x400
400x300
350x225
1500
800
800
600
590
470
410
380
300
200
1100
580
530
370
260
154
139
113
86
61
DE8BC32
334
434
240
166
234x326
Ø 12
300x200
260
51
Dimensions
116
Flameproof Enclosures
EJB
The EJB… series of enclosures for control, check, signal, automation,
interruption and/or protection units provide an Ex d IIB or Ex d IIB+H2
mode of protection, containing electric and/or electronic equipment and
terminals, for the link to the outside circuits.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Copper-free aluminium (Cu <0,1%)
IP66/IP67 with Àanged joint coated with
silicone grease (contact our sales dept.
for detailed reference)
-50°C to 55°C
-50°C to 40°C with intrinsically safe
elements “ia” or “ib”
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 00ATEX0021X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00495
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 /61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
II 2 GD
Ex d IIB T6/T5/T4/T3
Ex d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4/T3
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C/T200°C
II 2(1) GD
Ex d [ia] IIB T6
Ex d [ia] IIB+H2 T6
Ex tD [ia] A21 IP66 T85°C
Surface treatment
Drain plug
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Unpainted
The enclosures can be equipped with drain and/or breather devices:
ECR-1; ECR-2 type
Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer
inscriptions
Entries thread
Standard
identification
Quantity for entries Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: check table’s references
Quantity for terminals Maximum quantity of terminals per size in sqmm
check table’s references
Accessories on
Request
Main Applications
Painted Polyurethane ¿nish (standard) RAL 6003 colours
External polyurethane customized painting
Note
Bearing in mind the infinite number of combinations between:
• quantity of terminals,
• relevant cross section,
• class of temperature,
• ambient temperature
... we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips and
entries. A free copy of CALCUBOX is usually supplied together with the CD version of this product
Catalogue is also available to download from our website.
EJB…- Instruments Housing (Windows) EJB…- Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
EJB…- On Load Switches (I) EJB…- Fuse On Load Switches (IF)
EJB…- Lighting / Power Distribution Panel (QADL) EJB…- Motor Control Starter (TTB)
EJB…- Reverse Motor Control Starter (ITB) EJB…- Star Delta Motor Control Starter (STB)
117
Flameproof Enclosures
EJB
EJB...Instruments Housing (Windows)
EJB…Lids may be equipped with inspection windows made of
tempered glass. The disposition and number of the windows may
change in base to their dimensions and the windows may have
square, rectangular, circular shape as speci¿ed in the relative table
reference.
Customized Instrument Housing EJB… Instrument Housing is
suitable for use indoor or outdoor, in corrosive and hazardous due
to the presence of gases, vapours and dusts…
EJB...Moulded Case Automatic Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
EJB…Enclosure are compatible with any type of MCCB
(Moulded Case Circuit Brakers) when in line with relevant EN/IEC
STANDARDS.
EJB... On Load Swicthes (I)
EJB…meet the demands of customer oriented On-Load Switches.
EJB…Series of Enclosures are suitable to build Ex d low voltage
switchboard, in accordance with the heat dissipation listed in the
relevant certi¿cates.
EJB... Fuse/On-Load Switches (IF)
EJB… meet the needs of customer oriented Fuse/On-Load
Switches.
EJB…Series of Enclosures are suitable for the set up and the use
of Fuses Switches, in accordance with the heat dissipation listed in
the relevant certi¿cates.
EJB...Lighting/Power Distribution Panels (QADL)
EJB…meet the needs of customer oriented Lighting/Power
Distribution Panel.
EJB…Series of Enclosures are suitable to build Ex d low voltage
switchboard, in accordance with the heat dissipation listed in the
relevant certi¿cates.
EJB... Motor Control Starter (TTB)
EJB…meet the needs of a customer oriented D.O.L.
Motor Control Starter.
EJB... Reverse Motor Control Starter (ITB)
EJB… meet the needs of a customer oriented Reverser
Motor Control Starter based.
EJB... Star Delta Motor Control Starter (ITB)
EJB… meet the needs of a customer oriented Star-Delta
Motor Control Starter.
118
Flameproof Enclosures
EJB
Items
Weight
[kg]
TYPE
CODE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
N
ØP
R
AA
EE
EJB 2
A.0259.10
298
238
174
230
168
95
135
205
140
250
280
9
M6
20
10,07
12
160 x 220
EJB 3
A.0260.10
412
238
177
340
167
85
136
330
150
250
280
9
M8
20
13,40
18
155 x 330
EJB 3a
A.0260.13
412
238
199
340
167
85
158
330
150
250
280
9
M8
20
13,50
9
155 x 330
EJB 4
A.0261.10
418
302
175
335
220
90
132
300
190
300
320
9
M8
20
17,50
20
210 x 325
EJB 5
A.0262.10
480
300
232
392
209
125
182
350
185
300
320
9
M8
20
20,50
22
200 x 385
EJB 6
A.0263.10
483
408
238
387
310
130
186
355
280
390
420
9
M8
20
33,00
28
300 x 380
EJB 8
A.0265.10
634
365
254
530
262
140
204
495
225
340
370
9
M8
20
36,05
36
250 x 520
EJB 9
A.0266.10
535
468
257
426
363
140
204
410
340
440
470
12
M10
20
40,00
34
350 x 420
EJB 10
A.0267.10
750
366
292
630
250
185
234
580
205
330
360
12
M10
20
48,50
34
240 x 620
EJB 11
A.0268.10
596
505
267
483
394
130
204
445
360
480
510
12
M10
20
53,3
44
380 x 470
EJB 12
A.0269.10
805
455
310
690
335
170
243
640
285
425
450
14
M12
20
73,00
54
325 x 675
EJB 13
A.0270.10
832
607
314
723
500
115
236
630
405
580
620
14
M12
20
106,00
76
470 x 690
EJB 13A A.0270.13
832
607
400
723
500
205
322
630
405
580
620
14
M12
20
124,00
76
470 x 690
NB The Enclosures are equipped with an inside thermostat that, when evironment temperature is ranging from -25°C to -50°C,
assure an internal temperature of -25°C min. Alternatively, when inside temperature goes over 40°C the thermostat must cut out the
circuit tension.
AA = Max quantity of M32x1,5 Push Botton, Pilot Lamp, Selector Swich Operators, that can be installed on the boxes cover.
EE = Internal mounting plate dimension in mm.
Maximum quantity of entries per sides A/B
Type
M20 / ½”
M25 / ¾”
M32 / 1”
M50 / 1 ½”
M63 / 2”
M75 / 2 ½”
M80 / 3”
4”
EJB 2
9/7
9/5
4/3
3/2
2/1
-
EJB 3
14/7
7/3
6/3
4/2
3/1
-
EJB 4
14/9
7/4
6/4
4/3
3/2
-
EJB 5
27/13
14/7
12/5
5/2
4/2
3/1
2/1
1/1
EJB 6
24/18
14/10
12/9
5/4
4/3
3/2
2/2
1/1
EJB 8
35/16
29/13
16/17
7/3
6/2
4/2
3/1
2/1
EJB 9
27/24
24/18
12/10
9/9
4/4
3/3
2/2
2/2
EJB 10
57/21
46/18
29/10
14/5
12/4
5/2
4/1
3/1
EJB 11
32/27
21/27
14/12
6/5
5/4
4/3
3/2
2/2
EJB 12
61/28
40/18
32/16
16/7
12/5
6/3
4/2
3/1
EJB 13
48/32
27/18
23/16
9/6
8/5
6/4
5/3
3/2
EJB 13a
81/54
54/36
35/24
18/10
14/9
6/4
5/3
5/3
If only one side of the box with entries, the above mentioned quantities may be increased (for cable glands only) with
previous check of Italsmea
Indicative maximum quantity of terminals per Size in mm2
(For specific quantity contact our sales service)
Size [mm2]
2,5
EJB 2
EJB 3
48
EJB 4
84
EJB 5
84
EJB 6
96
EJB 8
EJB 9
96
134
EJB 10
EJB 11
EJB 12
EJB 13
EJB 13a
96
100
100
180
180
180
180
4
48
42
84
96
96
134
96
100
100
180
180
6
40
36
68
80
80
90
80
80
80
90
90
90
10
32
26
52
60
60
64
60
60
60
108
108
108
16
-
22
44
48
48
58
48
48
46
90
90
90
25
-
10
16
32
18
36
26
36
36
46
70
70
35
-
10
16
16
18
36
26
36
36
18
70
70
50
-
6
12
12
14
14
16
14
25
12
37
37
70
-
-
-
10
10
10
12
12
18
12
20
20
120
-
-
-
-
8
8
8
8
12
12
17
17
185
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8
14
14
119
Flameproof Enclosures
EJB.../WIN, Instrument Housing
EJB…/WIN is a customer oriented Instrument Housing based on the
feature of EJB…Series of Enclosures that is suitable to build EEx d low
voltage switchboards, in accordance with the heat dissipation listed in the
relevant certi¿cates.
The control, check, signal, automation, interruption and/or protection units
EJB. /. -. Series are constituted by Enclosures with Ex d IIB or Ex d IIB+H2
mode of protection and can be completed with accessories such as:
push buttons type PLA, PLC-I, PLC-S, PLF; rotary actuators type PSRC;
potentiometers; pilot lamps type PLD; rotary actuators type SRC-1/2,
SRC-10/11/12; reset device type PLC-R; etc., containing electric and/or
electronic equipment and terminals for the link to the outside circuits.
EJB. /. -. Series Lids may be equipped with inspection windows made
by tempered glass. The disposition and number of the windows may
change in base to their dimensions and the windows may have square,
rectangular, circular shape as speci¿ed in the relative table reference.
Customized Instrument Housing named EJB…/WIN is suitable for indoor
or outdoor use and in locations considered corrosive and hazardous due
to the presence of gases, vapours and dusts…
EJB…/WIN…Series
Instruments Housing
Code P0263.26
Code P0263.25
Code P0263.19
Code P0263.17
B = Window on cover, applicable
glass dim. 40x70 mm.
C = Window on cover, applicable
glass dim. 40x200 mm.
D = Window on cover, applicable
glass dime. 100x270 mm.
E = Window on cover, applicable glass
dim. 175x380 mm.
Compatible Round Window
Ø mm
70
85
100
120
150
170
190
230
CODE
P0263.44
P0263.42
P0263.41
P0263.39
P0263.38
P0263.37
P0263.36
P0263.35
Other window with customized dimensions are available on request when compatible with certi¿cates
Dimensions
120
Flameproof Enclosures
TNDLD
The range of TNDLD line bushings is designed for use with
Ex de applications
Specifications
Material
Temperature
TNDLD/TNDLDC/
TNDLDE
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Rated voltage
Colour
Type of wire
Options
Type
Acid resistant stainless steel SS316
-40ºC to 110ºC
NEMKO-01-ATEX-471U
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
Ex d II C
II 2 G
Machine treaded
Max 1000V
Standard black or blue wires
Radox 125 halogen free 1250
Other lengths and colours upon request
Number
Wire
Thread
of cores size mm²
size
Wire lenght
Rated
in mm
current
EEx e /
A with
EEx d
T-amb 60ºC
TNDLD 4x0,75
4
0,75
M24
1000/1000
12
TNDLD 6x0,75
6
0,75
M24
1000/1000
11
TNDLD 12x0,75
12
0,75
M42
1000/1000
8
TNDLD 16x0,75
16
0,75
M42
1000/1000
8
TNDLD 21x0,75
21
0,75
M42
1000/1000
7
TNDLD 4X1,5
4
1,5
M24
1000/1000
19
TNDLD 6X1,5
6
1,5
M42
1000/1000
16
TNDLD 12X1,5
12
1,5
M42
1000/1000
13
TNDLD 16X1,5
16
1,5
M42
1000/1000
12
TNDLD 20X1,5
20
1,5
M42
1000/1000
11
TNDLD 4X2,5
4
2,5
M24
1000/1000
26
TNDLD 6X2,5
6
2,5
M42
1000/1000
23
TNDLD 12X2,5
12
2,5
M42
1000/1000
18
TNDLD 6x4
6
4
M42
1000/1000
31
TNDLD 6X6
6
6
M42
1000/1000
41
EEx d Line bushings blue, 1000V, -40ºC - +110ºC
Type
Wire Thread
Number
of cores size mm² size
TNDLD 6x0,75B
6
0,75
M24
1000/1000
TNDLD 16x0,75B
16
0,75
M42
1000/1000
8
TNDLD 21X0,75B
21
0,75
M42
1000/1000
7
TNDLD 9X6
9
6
M42
1000/1000
37
TNDLD 3X10
3
10
M42
1000/1000
73
TNDLD 6X10
6
10
M42
1000/1000
59
TNDLD12X1,5B
12
1,5
TNDLD 3X16
3
16
M42
1000/1000
97
TNDLD 20X1,5B
20
1,5
TNDLD 6X16
6
16
M42
1000/1000
79
TNDLD 3X25
3
25
M42
1000/1000
129
TNDLD 3X35
3
35
M42
1000/1000
163
TNDLD 3X50
3
50
M42
1000/1000
205
TNDLD 1X70
1
70
M42
1000/1000
372
TNDLD 1X95
1
95
M42
1000/1000
448
TNDLD 1X120
1
120
M42
1000/1000
523
TNDLD 1X185
1
185
M42
1000/1000
682
Wire lenght
Rated
in mm
current A
EEx e /
with
EEx d
T-amb 60ºC
11
TNDLD 4X1,5B
4
1,5
M24
1000/1000
19
TNDLD 6X1,5B
6
1,5
M42
1000/1000
16
M42
1000/1000
13
M42
1000/1000
11
121
Flameproof Enclosures
TNDLD (Fiber)
The range of TNDLD(F) is an Ex d bushing with optical ¿bres or
bushings with combinations of optical ¿bres, coaxial cables and
ordinary wires.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
TNDLD/TNDLDC/
TNDLDE
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Rated voltage
Colour
Type of wire
Options
Acid resistant Stainless Steel SS316
-20ºC to 76ºC
NEMKO-01-ATEX-471U
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
Ex d II C
II 2 G
Machine treaded
Max 1000V
Standard black or blue wires
Radox 125 halogen free 1250
Other lengths and colours upon request
Ex d Fibre bushings, -20ºC - +76ºC
Number
of ¿bres
Fibre
type
Thread
size
Fibre length in mm
EEx e / EEx d
Connector
TNDLDF 1X62,5/125
1
62,5/125
M24
750/750
ST
TNDLDF 2X62,5/125
2
62,5/125
M24
750/750
ST
TNDLDF 4X62,5/125
4
62,5/125
M24
750/750
ST
Type
Ex d Multi fibre / line bushings, -20ºC - +76ºC
Number
of ¿bres
Fibre
type
Thread
size
Fibre/wire
length in mm
EEx e/EEx d
Connector
Number
of cores
Wire
size mm²
Rated current A
with T-amb 60ºC
TNDLDF 4X62,5/
125+10x0,75
4
62,5/
125
M42
750/750
ST
10
0,75
9
TNDLDF 4X62,5/
125+10x1,5
4
62,5/
125
M42
750/750
ST
10
1,5
14
Type
Max energy in ¿bre is for llB + llC T1-T4 and for 5mW/mm²
or 35mW pr. ¿bre, llC T5-T6 5mW/mm² or other applications/
connectors can be delivered upon request.
122
Flameproof Enclosures
TNDLDE (Coax)
The range of TNDLDE is an Ex d bushing with coaxial cables, for example
RG179 (50Ÿ), or bushings with more than one cable in the same bushing.
Technical Data Construction
Centre conductor
Dielectric
Copper 2,25mm diameter
REX (Polyethylene cross-linked)
7,25mm diameter
Copper, Silver plated, braid, 95%,
8,15mm diameter
RADOX (LSFH), RAL 9005 – bk 10,3mm ±0,1
HUBER+SUHNER GX 07272 50W (PA no.)
Outer conductor
Jacket
Print
Electrical Data
Impedance
50W ±2
Max. Operating frequency
2 GHz
Capacitance
101 pF/m
Velocity of signal propagation 66 %
Signal delay
5,03 ns/m
Insulation resistance
>1 x 108MWm
Min. screening effectiveness >41 dB (up to 2 GHz)
Max. operating voltage
5 kVrms (at sea level)
Test voltage
10 kVrms (50Hz/1 min)
Mechanical Data
Weight
Min. bending radius
16,1 kg/100 m
Static
Dynamic
55 mm
154 mm
Environmental Data
Temperature range
-40ºC to 110º
Ex d Coax bushings, 50W, -40°C- +110°C
Type
Number
of coax
Coax length
Coax type
Thread size
in mm EEx e/
EEx d
TNDLDE1x50
1
RG213U, 50ȍ
M24
1000/1000
TNDLDE2x50
2
RG213U, 50ȍ
M24
1000/1000
Ex d Multi fibre / Coax / line bushings, -20°C- +76°C
Type
Number
of ¿bers
Conductor
Fiber type
Thread size
length in mm
EEx e/EEx d
Rated
Connec-
Number
Coax
Number
Core
current [A]
tor
of Coax
type
of cores
size
@Tamb
60°C
TNDLDF
2x62,5/125+
10x0,75+2x50
2
62,5/125
M42
750/750
ST
2
RG213U,
50W
10
0,75
9
123
124
Pressurized Systems
TNCNP
Pressurized System, Ex p, AISI 316
ELB F-351
Control Unit, Ex e m, GRP, epoxy resin
126
127
125
Pressurized Systems - Cabinets
TNCNP
The Ex p pressurized systems are designed and purpose built according
to each client’s requirements. The equipment allows for use of standard
(non-Ex) electrical components in zone 1 and 2. Technor deliveres a
variety of turn-key solutions with enclosures made in Acid Resistant
Stainless Steel SS316, Certi¿ed by DNV.
Specifications
Material
Acid resistant stainless steel SS316
IP Rating
IP66/IP67
Temperature
-40ºC to +60ºC
Approvals
- Complete enclosures DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0028
- Empty enclosures
DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0027U
Standards
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
Ex-Code
Lid/Door gasket
Surface treatment
Earthing
Dimensions
126
EN50016, IEC/EN 60079-2
Ex p II
II 2 G
Neoprene (temp. -40ºC to +100ºC)
Silicone (temp. -40ºC to +200ºC)
Acidized as standard
Electro polished as option
Internal earth bar/bracket
External earth bracket
Pressurized Systems - Cabinets
ELB F-351
The Control boxes/stations in GRP are designed to meet the market
requirements for use on- and offshore, in Petrochemical and Marine
applications, and any other industry where an explosive atmosphere may
be present.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Operating temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Dimensions
Measure range
Security class
GRP, epoxy resin, black
IP65
-30ºC to +60ºC, without condensation
TÜV 02ATEX1801
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50016, IEC/EN 60079-2
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
EN50020, IEC/EN 60079-11
EN50028
EN954-1
II 2 G Ex e m ia [p] [ia] IIC T4
122mm x 122mm x 90mm
0-25 mbar
Duo-tec technology.
Fail safe, meets AK4
(according to EN945-1, cat.3)
Electrical Specifications
Current consumption
Mains Voltage
Contact load
Intrinsic Safe Connector
(5pole)
30mA at 230VAC/ 60mA at 115VAC/
300mA at 24VAC/ 200mA at 24VDC
12VDC, 24VDC, 24VAC, 115VAC, 230VAC,
48…62 Hz
C: U = 250VAC, I = 12,0A/ cos j = 1
4xEx cable glands
2xM16 for cable d = 4,5 – 10mm,
2xM20 for cable d = 7-13mm
Intrinsic safe connector for external
temperature and pressure sensor F-470,
remote unit F-411 or bypass-keyswitch f-480
Dimensions
127
128
Audible and Visual Signals
TNFCD, TNFAD, TNFCDM
Flashing beacons, Ex d/de, Acid Resistant Steel
EVde-ROT 4 Series
Rotating Signalling Lights, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium
EVde-XN / EVde-MXN / EVcc-MXN Series
lashing Signalling Lights, Ex de/d, Copper free Aluminium
WA.. Series
LIOL (Low Intensity aviation Obstruction Lights), Steady
EVcc-5 / LED Series
MIOL (Medium Intensity aviation Obstruction Lights), long life, Steady, Ex d, Glass / Copper free Aluminium
130
132
134
137
138
EV-MIOL-LED 90+90
MIOL (Medium Intensity aviation Obstrction Lights), long life, Flashing, Ex nC, Glass / Copper free Aluminium,
with electronic adjustable control unit
140
TNDSP-25 Ex bell
142
Ex bell, Ex des, Antistatic Polyamide
V6, YO6, YL6
Signalling products, Ex ed/d, Aluminium
YO9S
Sounder, Ex d, GRP
YO3, YO4, YO5
Sounders, Ex ia, Flame retardant plastic
Voyants V4
LED beacon, Ex ia, Flame retardant plastic
XAWS
Fire Alarm Station, Ex ed, GRP
143
144
145
146
147
129
Audible and Visual Signals
TNFCD/TNFAD/TNFCDM
TNFCD Àashing beacons is designed to meet the most rigorous offshore
environments. They are suitable for areas where an explosive atmosphere
may be present and the need for warning is required.
TNFCD Àashing beacons are available as Ex de, Ex d only or as Non-ExSpecial application upon request
Specifications
Material
TNFCD/TNFCDM
TNFAD
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
Surface treatment
Earthing
Cable entry TNFCD/TNFAD
Cable entry TNFCDM
Real humidity
Dome colours
Flash frequency
Flash energy
TNFCD/TNFAD
TNFCDM
Weight
TNFCD
TNFAD
TNFCDM
Acid resistant stainless steel SS316
Seawater resistant aluminium
IP66 (IP67 upon request)
-50ºC - +60ºC
NEMKO 01ATEX430
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
Ex d IIC T4 or EEx de IIC T4, (ex) II 2 G/D
SS316 Acidized
Inside and outside
Standard M25
Standard M25,
M20 or Àying lead upon request
100%
Red, yellow, Blue, Green, Orange, Clear
1 Hz
10 joule
5 joule
5,1 Kg
2,5 Kg
2,5 Kg
Electrical data TNFCD/TNFAD
Rated Voltage
220-254 VAC
110-120 VAC
110VDC
Voltage Range
±10%
±10%
±20%
Rated current
110mA
220mA
135mA
24VA
24VA
15VA
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Power consumption
Frequency
Typical start current
>1A in max 1msec.
Triggering
Direct, Telephone, 24-48VDC, Fail safe
24-48VDC
±20%
24VDC: 670mA
48VDC: 330mA
16VA
Fuse
1-2 A time-lag fuse is recommended
Siren card for acoustic warning
8W, 20W or 25W for Ex loudspeaker (8 ohm, 20 ohm or 100V line)
Electrical data TNFCDM
Rated Voltage
220-254VAC
110-127VAC
24VDC
Voltage Range
190 – 272VAC
±20%
±20%
±20%
380mA
200mA
Power consumption
Triggering
Typical start current
130
100mA
Direct
1A in max 1msec
48VDC
Audible and Visual Signals
TNFCD/TNFAD/TNFCDM
Dimensions
131
Audible and Visual Signals
EVde-ROT 4 Series
Copper free Aluminium signalling ¿xtures with rotating light, painted RAL
6003, with 2 ea. M25 entries. Evde-ROT-4… is available in different
colours: blue / orange / red / green / yellow / transparent.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
IP Rating
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Copper-free aluminium (Cu <0,1%)
-50°C to 60°C
IP65
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 /
61241-1
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Entries
Hardware and
Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Ballast
Rated operation
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Accessories
Note
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle”
Green RAL 6003
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Stainless steel external hardware
Lamp included
25W
N.A.
12Vac / 24Vac / 48Vac / 110Vac / 230Vac / 240Vac
12Vdc / 24Vdc / 48Vdc
50/60 Hz
Customized colours
Continuous Running
Signalling lighting fixtures with rotating light
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
132
Colour
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Transparent
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Weight kg
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
Audible and Visual Signals
EVde-ROT 4 Series
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
Colour
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Weight kg
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
Colour
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Weight kg
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
Colour
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
Colour
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Type
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
EVde-ROT-4
Colour
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Voltage
12V cc
24V cc
48V cc
12V ac 50-60Hz
24V ac 50-60Hz
48V ac 50-60Hz
110V ac 50-60Hz
230V ac 50-60Hz
240V ac 50-60Hz
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Dimensions
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
220x516
Weight kg
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
Weight kg
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
Weight kg
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
8,500
Power (W)
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
25
133
Audible and Visual Signals
EVde-XN / EVde-MXN / EVcc-MXN Series
Signalling Lighting Fixtures with Flashing Light and Fresnel lens, assembled in a Copper free Aluminium body, painted RAL 6003 and with 2 ea
M25 entries. EVde-…XN is available in different colours and voltages.
Specifications
Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
-50°C to 60°C
IP65
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 /
61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 /
61241-0 / 61241-1
Material
Temperature
IP Rating
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Gaskets
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Surface treatment
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Entries
Stainless steel external hardware
Hardware and Screw
Lamp included
Lamps
10W, 25W, 50W
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation voltage (UE) 110Vac / 230Vac / 240Vac
Frequency
12Vdc / 24Vdc
50/60 Hz
Note
Continuous Running
Evde-…XN
Signalling lighting fixtures with flashing light
Type
EVde–XN-3 12/24V cc
EVde–XN-3 110V ca
Evde–XN-3 230-240V ca
EVde–MXN-3 12/24V cc
EVde–MXN-3 110V ca
EVde–MXN-3 230-240V ca
EVcc–MXN-5 12/24V cc
EVcc–MXN-5 110V ca
EVcc–MXN-5 230-240V ca
Power W
Dimensions
Weight kg
10
10
10
25
25
25
50
50
50
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
Note. This is a Sintesis table, which means that in each line you can choose among different combination of colors and voltage
134
Audible and Visual Signals
EVde-XN / EVde-MXN / EVcc-MXN Series
Listed below you can ¿nd all the possible combinations, each of them listed with a unique code…
Type
EVde–XN-3
EVde–XN-3
Evde–XN-3
Evde–XN-3
EVde–MXN-3
EVde–MXN-3
EVde–MXN-3
EVde–MXN-3
EVcc–MXN-5
EVcc–MXN-5
EVcc–MXN-5
EVcc–MXN-5
Type
EVde–XN-3
EVde–XN-3
Evde–XN-3
Evde–XN-3
EVde–MXN-3
EVde–MXN-3
EVde–MXN-3
EVde–MXN-3
EVcc–MXN-5
EVcc–MXN-5
EVcc–MXN-5
EVcc–MXN-5
COLOR
Power (W)
Dimensions
Weight kg
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
VOLTAGE
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
COLOR
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
Orange
VOLTAGE
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
12V cc
24V cc
110V ac
230-240V ac
Power (W)
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
Dimensions
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
195x450
Weight kg
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
5,100
135
Audible and Visual Signals
EVde-XN / EVde-MXN / EVcc-MXN Series
Type
COLOR
VOLTAGE
Power (W)
Dimensions
Weight Kg.
10
195x450
5,100
EVde–XN-3
Red
12V cc
EVde–XN-3
Red
24V cc
10
195x450
5,100
Evde–XN-3
Red
110V ac
10
195x450
5,100
Evde–XN-3
Red
230-240V ac
10
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Red
12V cc
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Red
24V cc
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Red
110V ac
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Red
230-240V ac
25
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Red
12V cc
50
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Red
24V cc
50
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Red
110V ac
50
195x450
5,100
Red
230-240V ac
EVcc–MXN-5
Type
COLOR
VOLTAGE
50
195x450
5,100
Power (W)
Dimensions
Weight Kg.
5,100
EVde–XN-3
Green
12V cc
10
195x450
EVde–XN-3
Green
24V cc
10
195x450
5,100
Evde–XN-3
Green
110V ac
10
195x450
5,100
Evde–XN-3
Green
230-240V ac
10
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Green
12V cc
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Green
24V cc
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Green
110V ac
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Green
230-240V ac
25
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Green
12V cc
50
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Green
24V cc
50
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Green
110V ac
50
195x450
5,100
Green
230-240V ac
EVcc–MXN-5
Type
COLOR
VOLTAGE
50
195x450
5,100
Power (W)
Dimensions
Weight Kg.
EVde–XN-3
Yellow
12V cc
10
195x450
5,100
EVde–XN-3
Yellow
24V cc
10
195x450
5,100
Evde–XN-3
Yellow
110V ac
10
195x450
5,100
Evde–XN-3
Yellow
230-240V ac
10
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Yellow
12V cc
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Yellow
24V cc
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Yellow
110V ac
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Yellow
230-240V ac
25
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Yellow
12V cc
50
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Yellow
24V cc
50
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Yellow
110V ac
50
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Yellow
230-240V ac
50
195x450
5,100
Power (W)
Dimensions
Weight Kg.
5,100
Type
COLOR
VOLTAGE
EVde–XN-3
Transparent
12V cc
10
195x450
EVde–XN-3
Transparent
24V cc
10
195x450
5,100
Evde–XN-3
Transparent
110V ac
10
195x450
5,100
Evde–XN-3
Transparent
230-240V ac
10
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Transparent
12V cc
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Transparent
24V cc
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Transparent
110V ac
25
195x450
5,100
EVde–MXN-3
Transparent
230-240V ac
25
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Transparent
12V cc
50
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Transparent
24V cc
50
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Transparent
110V ac
50
195x450
5,100
EVcc–MXN-5
Transparent
230-240V ac
50
195x450
5,100
136
Audible and Visual Signals
WA.. Series
Obstruction aircraft warning light in Copper free Aluminium with
incandescent reinforced ¿lament lamp, painted RAL 6003 and with
red metacrilate dome.
Specifications
Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)
IP65
-50°C to +40°C (Temp. class T4)
-50°C to +60°C (Temp. class T3)
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation voltage (UE)
Accessories
II 2 GD
Ex d / Ex de IIC T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T135°C / T200°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Nr. 1 or Nr.2 M25 entry
Stainless steel external hardware
Incandescent reinforced ¿lament Lamp included
1 x 100W or 2 x 100W
220V
Customized colours
Note
Red Metacrilate Dome
Code
Model
Type
Mode of Protection
Power (W)
Voltage
Weight (kg)
A042102
EVde-2 / I 100
EVde-WAR 1x100W
Ex de
1 x 100 W
220-240V
3,35
A042002
EVCC-2 / I 100
EVCC-WAR 1x100W
Ex d
1 x 100 W
220-240V
3,00
A042202
EVA-2 / I 100
EVA-WAD 2x100W
Ex d
2 x 100 W
220-240V
7,50
137
Audible and Visual Signals
EVcc-5 / LED Series
EVCC-5/...LED type represents the top of technology among M.I.O.L.
(Medium Intensity Obstruction Lighting) devices, suitable for providing:
low heat dissipation, low watt consumption and up to 100.000/hours
maintenance free. Aircraft warning lighting ¿xtures EVCC-5/...LED is a
multi light source power LED’s with wide beam and is fully compliant
with ICAO Annex 14, which foreseen for structures over 45 mt. high the
application of medium intensity lighting ¿xtures, therefore a lighting output
of 1600 cd minimum, light
colour RED.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
IP Rating
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
-50°C to 60°C
IP65
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL
6003
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Stainless steel external hardware
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Entries
Hardware and
Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Accessories
Note
Lamps included
High intensity power LED’s: 1W each x 60
110Vac / 220Vac / 240Vac
50/60 Hz
Available upon request
Up to 100.000/hours Maintenance Free Unit
Steady aircraft warning lighting fixtures medium intensity - power LED
138
Type
Code
Power (W)
Voltage
Dimension (ØA x C)
EVCC-5/LED-1x60
0414.37
1Wx60
110 Vac
280 x 440
Weight (kg)
13.1
EVCC-5/LED-1x60
0414.35
1Wx60
220÷240Vac
280 x 440
13.1
EVCC-5/LED-2x60
0414.36
2x(1Wx60)
220÷240Vac
820 x 467
13.1
Audible and Visual Signals
EVcc-5 / LED Series
Dimensions
Raccordement
Plinthe en option
et entraxes de fixation
Vis de terre M5
139
Audible and Visual Signals
EV-MIOL-LED 90+90
Medium Intensity Aviation Obstruction Light with LED’s sources.
EV-MIOL-LED type represents the top of technology among M.I.O.L.
(Medium Intensity Obstruction Lighting) devices, suitable for providing:
low heat dissipation, low watt consumption and up to 100.000/hours
maintanence free or up to 50.000/hours at costant light output.
Over the long life of LED’s, EV-MIOL-LED is designed to house a double
beam in a single gang lighting ¿xtures. This means that the the typical
twin light (one spare to the other) normally in two separate housing, with
consequent big dimension, are condensed in a single housing, saving
over 50% in weight.
Aircraft warning lighting ¿xtures EV-MIOL-LED is a multi light source
power LED’s with wide beam and it is fully compliant with ICAO Annex 14,
which foressen for structures over 45 mt. high the application of medium
intensity lighting ¿xtures, therefore a lighting output of 1600 cd minimum,
light colour RED.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification & Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Aluminium end-cups and cover painted by green
colour polyurethane painting cycle (RAL 6003)
IP66
-30°C to 50°C
02ATEXQ402
EN 60079-0 / 60079-15
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-15
II 3 GD
Ex-nC IIC T6
Ex tD A22 IP66 T85°C
Gaskets
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 2 and Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment
Polyurethane ¿nish RAL 6003 colour provide excellent resistance to corrosion
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation voltage (UE)
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Stainless steel external hardware
30 + 30 LED LUXEON 3
90W + 90W
220Vac / 240Vac
Frequency
Accessories
50/60 Hz
Customized colours
Require for data of separate central unit suitable to drive 3-4 EV-MIOL-LED-90+90
140
Audible and Visual Signals
EV-MIOL-LED 90+90
Dimensions
141
Audible and Visual Signals
TNDSP-25 Ex bell
Flameproof electronic speaker with traditional rumbling bell sound. With
no moving parts it is suitable for replacement of standard mechanical Ex
protected alarm bells or ¿re alarm bells.
Specifications
Material
Antistatic polyamide, bracket in SS316
IP Rating
IP66
Operating temperature-20ºC to +40ºC
Approvals
Nemko 03ATEX1357
Standards
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
Ex-Code
Earthing
Entries
Connections
Power
Power consumption
Sound level
Rated current
Operating voltage
EMC protection
Upon request
Colour
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
Ex des IIB + H2 T6
II 2 G
Internal M4
1xM20 + 1xM25 plugged
2,5mm² max
25W
19,6W (8W, 1kHz sine wave)
P112 dB
Max 2 Amp.
24VDC (19,2 – 28VDC)
EN50082-2 / EN50081-2
Other sound effects
Black
Sound Characteristics for TNDSP-25-Ex bell
Dimensions
142
Audible and Visual Signals
V6/YO6/YL6
The Yodalex V6, YO6 and YL6 signaling products are designed for use in
Ex Zone 1 and 2, and meet the requirements for common approvals. The
range is suitable for use in applications as ¿re alarms, security alarms,
increased urgency, evacuation alarms etc.
The sounders are omni-directional and come pre-programmed with 32
selectable tones. The strobe and combination units are both delivered
complete with lens guard, and there are several available lens colors.
The Yodalex V6, YO6 and YL6 all delivered with mounting brackets.
Specifications
Material
Aluminium enclosure with stainless steel fasteners
IP Rating
IP66
Operating temperature -35ºC to +60ºC (European IIB)
Approvals
Ex-Code
Operating voltage
Lens colours
Tone
Weight
-20ºC to +60ºC (European IIB+H2)
ATEX / UL /GOST / IECEx
Ex ed IIB T4 / Ex d IIB + H2 T4
24Vdc UL/ATEX/GOST approved
48Vdc ATEX 115Vac or 230Vac
ATEX/GOST approved
Clear, Opal, Yellow, Red, Amber, Blue, Green
32 slectable tones meeting international regulations
V6: 4,6 kg
YO6: 4,7 kg
YL6: 5,6 kg
Dimensions
143
Audible and Visual Signals
YO9S
The YO9S is a high sound output (115dB) light weight GRP sounder
designed for use in Ex Zones 1 and 2. The sounders comes preprogrammed with 32 selectable tones meeting international regulations. Sound selection is easily achieved by DIL switches, and is
suitable for ¿re alarms, security alarms, increased urgency, evacuation alarms etc. A Stainless Steel mounting bracket is delivered as
standard with the YO9S.
Specifications
Material
Light weight GRP enclosure
IP Rating
IP66
Operating temperature-35ºC to +60ºC IIB
Approvals
Ex-Code
Operating voltage
Tone
Sound output
Weight
Dimensions
144
-20ºC to +60ºC IIC
Standards for Explosion Proof Sounders
Ex d IIB T6 / Ex d IIC T6
24Vdc, 48Vdc, 115Vac, 230Vac
32 selectable tones meeting international
regulations
115dB(A) at 1 mtr.
approx. 5Kg
Audible and Visual Signals
YO3/YO4/YO5
The EEx ia YO3 / YO4 / YO5 IS sounders are widely used in any
application that requires a rugged and reliable sounder in an IS
environment.
With high sound output, monitoring facilities and with 32 selectable tones (selectable via DIL switch), the series of sounders are
popular for several requirements: as ¿re alarms, security alarms,
increased urgency, evacuation alarms etc.
The Y0 IS sounders are delivered either for use with European Approved Barriers or in Opto-coupled version.
Specifications
ABS Àame retardant plastic
IP55 (YO3/4)
IP56 (YO5)
Operating temperature-25ºC to +40ºC
Approvals
BAS02ATEX1190X
Standards
EN50014:1997 + Amendments 1 & 2
EN50020:1994, EN50284:1999
Ex-Code
Ex ia IIC, T4 and T6
Operating voltage
12Vdc, 18Vdc or 24Vdc via barriers
Sound output
YO3/4 100dB(A) @ 1 mtr Max
YO5
105dB(A) @ 1 mtr Max
Weight
YO3is 0,40Kg
YO4is 0,43Kg
YO5is 0,70Kg
Material
IP Rating
Dimensions
Mounting:
Via external fixing lugs
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
D
E
F
YO3is
118
102
89
85
18
6
YO5is
169
153
134
128
23
8
M20 Cable Mounting hole at Dim E
145
Audible and Visual Signals
V4
The Intrinsically Safe LED Beacon V4 is a long life designed highlight intensity beacon, with 8 LEDs and 360 deg. visibility. The unit is
produced with an antistatic ABS plastic enclosure, and is delivered
with Àame retardant polycarbonate lenses. A Àush mounting base is
also available.
Commonly used as warning signal for applications such as: ¿re
alarms, security alarms, increased urgency, evacuation alarms etc.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Operating temperature
Storage Temperature
Operating voltage
Approvals & Certification
Standards
Ex-Code
Operating voltage
Lens colour
Relative humidity
Weight
Dimensions
146
Flame retardant plastic (red/white)
IP65
-25ºC to +40ºC
-40ºC to +70ºC
12Vdc, 18Vdc,
24Vdc via ATEX approved barriers
BASEEFA (ATEX) approved
BAS05ATEX0075
EN50014:1997
+ Amendments 1 & 2
EN50020:2002 and EN50284:1999
Ex ia IIC T4
12Vdc, 18Vdc,
24Vdc via ATEX approved barriers
Red and Amber. Clear, Opal, Blue,
Yellow and Green upon request
90% @ 40ºC
0,15Kg
Audible and Visible Signals
XAWS
Technor Atex ¿re alarm station in, Ex e model of protection, is an
easy way to secure locals. Provided with the device is a hammer
for glass breakage in case of emergency. The ¿re alarm station is
available in 2 modes of operation:
• Automatic: The contact block is held in the “operated” position
by the glass. The contact change over when breaking the glass,
the plunger is released.
• Manual: The contacts are in the “rest” position and must be
operated after breaking the glass.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-Code
GRP
IP 65 – IP 66
–20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
INERIS 03ATEX0122
Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019, EN500281-1-1
II 2 GD, Ex ed IIC T6 to T4
T85°C to T135°C
Complete Fire alarm station
Automatic contact operation
Contact block
NC
NO
NO+ NC
type
ZBWE102
ZBWE101
ZBWE101+ ZBWE102
Reference
XAWS111
XAWS121
XAWS151
Manual contact operation
Contact block
NO
NC
NO+ NC
type
ZBWE101
ZBWE102
ZBWE101 + ZBWE102
Reference
XAWS111
XAWS121
XAWS151
NO
ZBWE101
NC
ZBWE102
Accessories and spare parts
Slow break contact block
Glass
XAWS901
Dimensions
147
148
Lighting
RMS 540 Series
Fluorescent lamps, IP65, AISI 304
150
RMS 550 Series
151
Fluorescent lamps, Ex nA, AISI 304
RMS 560 Series
Fluorescent lamps, Ex de, AISI 304
TNAML
Fluorescent light, Ex me, Seawater resistant anodized aluminium
EVF-P Series
Fluorescent lamps, Ex d, end-cups in Copper free Aluminium
EVF-P Endurance Series
Fluorescent lamps long life, Ex d, end-cups in Copper free Aluminium
EVde HID Series
Lighting ¿xtures for HID lamps, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium
EVde I/HA Series
Lighting ¿xtures for incandescent / halogen lamps, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium
TNXCX
Floodlight, Ex e/de, Acid Resistant Steel
FL Series
Floodlights, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium / AISI 316L
EVde-LED / EVde-PT Series
Spot Lights, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium
EVcc-PR Series
Tank Lighting ¿xtures, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium
EVA Series
153
157
159
161
163
166
168
169
171
172
Hand lamps for incandescent lamps, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium
173
TNCLS
174
Level Gauges, Ex em, AISI 316
149
Lighting
RMS 540
Due to the body in Stainless Steel AISI 304, with a tempered glass window and a glass-frame done in one unit without welding, RMS series are
ideal for Onshore, Offshore, Marine applications and for all kinds of industry where a high level of corrosion resistance is required. Moreover, the
shapes of RMS lighting ¿xtures have been designed to allow the operator
to work with no need to support any part of lighting ¿xtures. One person
can take care of start-up or maintenance of a RMS lighting ¿xture without
any assistance.
Specifications
Stainless Steel AISI 304, 0.8 mm thickness
and transparent part in tempered glass
IP66/67
Industrial waterproof
IP 65 CLASS I
-30°C / 55°C
Compliance with Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) according to
European Directive 2004/108/EC
Special cross section tightness gasket, silicon
rubber made (close cells) located in housing
channel between body and window frame.
Body complete of two diam. 21mm through
holes for cable entries, one complete of
metallic plug with lock nut and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection.
AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
RMS Series is suitable for two pins Àuorescent lamps G13 socket PHILIPS TL-D or equivalent
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Standards
Gaskets
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Ballast
Rated operation voltage (UE)
Frequency
Power factor
Accessories
Available upon request
Emergency Service
Note
(lamps excluded)
18 / 36 W
Electromecanichal ballast
230 V
50 Hz
> 0,9
Wiring with High frequency electronic ballast (220-240V 50/60 Hz.)
Suspension mounting kit “G1” AISI 304 made
Pole mounting kit “P12” 1 ½” size AISI 304 made
Wall mounting kit “H1” AISI 304 made
RMS 540 lighting ¿xtures for Emergency Service are available: RMS 540...LE-P
Very low pollution at the end of operative life time of lighting fixtures. The inorganic materials
used for RMS, like stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components
and insulation of single core wires need some more care.
No through holes between inside and outside of luminaries, out of holes for power supply cable
whatever protected by a suitable waterproof cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the
time, release would be possible where, for fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant
gaskets.
Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service
Type
RMS 540
*03/IND
*04/IND
*01/IND
*02/IND
Code
A.2213.00
A.2211.00
A.2214.00
A.2212.00
Lamps
Num.
1
2
1
2
Power
[W]
1x18W TL-D
2x18W TL-D
1x36W TL-D
2x36W TL-D
Overall
dimensions
[mm]
Weight
A
B
C
[kg]
737 239 123 5,10
737 239 123 5,20
1347 239 123 8,40
1347 239 123 8,60
Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service
Type
RMS 540
*01/IND/LE–P
*02/IND/LE–P
*03/IND/LE–P
*04/IND/LE–P
Lamps
Power
Code
Num.
[W]
A.2223.00
1
1x36W TL-D
A.2224.00
2
2x36W TL-D
A.2221.00
1
1x18W TL-D
A.2222.00
2
2x18W TL-D
Overall
dimensions
[mm]
Weight
A
B
C
[kg]
737 239 123 5,80
737 239 123 5,90
1347 239 123 9,10
1347 239 123 9,30
Emergency service on one lamp for 60’ with constant lighting output,
Emergency service on one lamp for 90’ with lighting output decreasing
150
Lighting
RMS 550
Due to the body in Stainless Steel AISI 304, with a tempered glass
window and a glass-frame done in one unit without welding, RMS
series are ideal for Onshore, Offshore, Marine applications and for
all kinds of industry where a high level of corrosion resistance is
required. Moreover, the shapes of RMS lighting ¿xtures have been
designed to allow the operator to work with no need to support any
part of lighting ¿xtures. One person can take care of start-up or
maintenance of a RMS lighting ¿xture without any assistance.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Stainless Steel AISI 304, 0.8 mm thickness and
transparent part in tempered glass
IP66/67
-30°C to 55°C
Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 01ATEX3002X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00509
EN 60079-15 / EN 60079-0 / EN 61241-0 / EN 61241-1
IEC 60079-15 / IEC 60079-0 / IEC 61241-0 / IEC 61241-1
II 3 GD
Ex nA II T5 Tamb. -30°C to 50°C
Ex nA II T4 Tamb -30°C to 55°C
Ex tD A22 T90° Tamb -30°C to 40°C
Ex tD A22 IP66/67 T100° Tamb -30°C to 50°C
Ex tD A22 IP66/67 T105° Tamb -30°C to 55°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 2 and Zone 22
Special cross section tightness gasket, silicon rubber made (close cells) located in housing channel between
Gaskets
body and window frame.
Body complete of two diam. 21mm through holes for cable entries, one complete of metallic plug with lock nut
Entries
and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection.
Hardware and Screw AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
RMS Series is suitable for two pins Àuorescent lamps G13 socket PHILIPS TL-D or equivalent.
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Ballast
Rated operation
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Power factor
Accessories
Available upon
request
Emergency Service
Note
(lamps excluded)
18 / 36 W
High-frequency electronic ballast conforming with EN 60079-15 and IEC 60079-15
220-240 V
50 ÷ 60 Hz
> 0,95
Suspension mounting kit “G1” AISI 304 made
Pole mounting kit “P12” 1 ½” size AISI 304 made
Wall mounting kit “H1” AISI 304 made
RMS 550 lighting ¿xtures for Emergency Service are available:
RMS 550...PNL/LE-P
Very low pollution at the end of operative life time of lighting fixtures. The inorganic materials used for RMS, like
stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components and insulation of single core wires need
some more care.
No through holes between inside and outside of luminaries, out of holes for power supply cable whatever protected
by a suitable waterproof cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the time, release would be possible where, for
fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant gaskets.
151
Lighting
RMS 550
RMS 550 Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service
TYPE
RMS 550
CODE
* 03/PNL
* 04/PNL
* 01/PNL
* 02/PNL
A.2205.00
A.2201.00
A.2206.00
A.2202.00
LAMPS
Num.
POWER
[W]
1
2
1
2
1x18W TL-D
2x18W TL-D
1x36W TL-D
2x36W TL-D
Overall dimensions [mm]
A
B
C
737
239
123
737
239
123
1347
239
123
1347
239
123
WEIGHT
[kg]
5,10
5,20
8,40
8,60
RMS 550 Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service
TYPE
RMS 550
* 03/PNL/LE-P
* 04/PNL/LE-P
* 01/PNL/LE-P
* 02/PNL/LE-P
CODE
A.2236.00
A.2283.00
A.2235.00
A.2234.00
1
2
1
2
Emergency service on one lamp for 60’ with constant lighting output,
Emergency service on one lamp for 90’ with lighting output decreasing
152
POWER
[W]
1x18W TL-D
2x18W TL-D
1x36W TL-D
2x36W TL-D
Overall dimensions [mm]
A
B
C
737
239
123
737
239
123
1347
239
123
1347
239
123
WEIGHT
[kg]
5,10
5,20
8,40
8,60
Lighting
RMS 560
Due to the body in Stainless Steel AISI 304, with a tempered glass
window and a glass-frame done in one unit without welding, RMS
series are ideal for Onshore, Offshore, Marine applications and for
all kinds of industry where a high level of corrosion resistance is
required. Moreover, the shapes of RMS lighting ¿xtures have been
designed to allow the operator to work with no need to support any
part of lighting ¿xtures. One person can take care of start-up or
maintenance of a RMS lighting ¿xture without any assistance.
The RMS560 is EOL FREE !!!
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Entries
Hardware and
Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Ballast
Rated operation
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Power factor
Accessories
Available upon
request
Emergency
Service
Note
Stainless Steel AISI 304, 0.8 mm thickness
and transparent part in tempered glass
IP66/67
-20°C to 60°C
Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 01ATEX0060
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0/EN 60079-1/EN 60079-7/EN 61241-0/EN 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 62141-1
II 2 GD
Ex de IIC T6 (–20°C to 40°C)
Ex de IIC T5 (–20°C to 55°C)
Ex de IIC T4 (–20°C to 60°C)
Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C / T100°C / T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Special cross section tightness gasket, silicon rubber made (close cells) located in housing channel between
body and window frame.
Body complete of two diam. 21mm through holes for cable entries, one complete of metallic plug with lock nut
and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection.
AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
Lampholder suitable for Àuorescent two pins lamp type PHILIPS TL-D or similar
(lamps excluded)
18 / 36 W
high-frequency electronic ballast
220-240 V
50 ÷ 60 Hz
> 0,95
Suspension mounting kit “G1” AISI 304 made
Pole mounting kit “P12” 1 ½” size AISI 304 made (not suitable for 18W emergency version)
Wall mounting kit “H1” AISI 304 made
Micro switch interlocked with “closing-opening device” of lighting ¿xture: when opening the frame-window the
micro switch will cut out the power supply
RMS 560 lighting ¿xtures for Emergency Service are available:
RMS 560...PNL/LE-P
Very low pollution at the end of operative life time of lighting fixtures. The inorganic materials used for RMS, like
stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components and insulation of single core wires
need some more care.
No through holes between inside and outside of luminaries, out of holes for power supply cable whatever
protected by a suitable waterproof cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the time, release would be possible
where, for fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant gaskets.
153
Lighting
RMS 560
Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service
LAMPS
Num.
POWER
[W]
Overall dimensions [mm]
TYPE
RMS 560*
CODE
* 03/PNL
A.2227.01
1
1x18W TL-D
737
* 04/PNL
A.2230.01
2
2x18W TL-D
737
239
123
5,70
* 01/PNL
A.2231.01
1
1x36W TL-D
1347
239
123
8,90
A
B
239
C
123
WEIGHT
[kg]
5,60
* 02/PNL
A.2232.01
2
2x36W TL-D
1347
239
123
9,10
* 03/PNL/MS
A.2227.00
1
1x18W TL-D
737
239
123
5,65
* 04/PNL/MS
A.2230.00
2
2x18W TL-D
737
239
123
5,75
* 01/PNL/MS
A.2231.00
1
1x36W TL-D
1347
239
123
8,95
* 02/PNL/MS
A.2232.00
2
2x36W TL-D
1347
239
123
9,15
MS: with Micro-Switch
Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service
TYPE
RMS 560*
CODE
LAMPS
Num.
POWER
[W]
Overall dimensions [mm]
A
B
C
WEIGHT
[kg]
* 03/PNL/LE – P
A.2227.02
1
1x18W TL-D
737
239
173
9,50
* 04/PNL/LE – P
A.2230.02
2
2x18W TL-D
737
239
173
9,60
* 01/PNL/LE – P
A.2231.02
1
1x36W TL-D
1347
239
173
14,10
* 02/PNL/LE – P
A.2232.02
2
2x36W TL-D
1347
239
173
14,30
Emergency service on one lamp for 60’ with constant lighting output,
Emergency service on one lamp for 90’ with lighting output decreasing
154
Lighting
RMS Series
2-3,
2-3,
-
Ceiling mounting included in
standard version
2-3,
2-3,
-
Suspension mounting kit “G1” type
on request code: A 0530 75*
,
2-3 ,
3
2
22- 3
3 ,
, Wall mounting kit “H1” type
on request code:
A 0530 70*
Pole stanchion mounting kit “P12”
type on request code:
A 0530 71*
* not compatible with
RMS-560-03 e 04 /
PNL-LE emergency 18W only
Œ
All units are Stainless Steel made
155
Lighting
RMS Series
Œ
.
,
RMS lighting fixtures mounting path
156
Lighting
TNAML
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
10 years operational warranty gives low lifecycle cost*
100% encapsulated, maintenance free solution requiring only visual
inspection from an Ex point of view
Easy and Àexible installation
Seawater resistant anodized aluminum
Tempered glass
Fully recyclable
High light ef¿ciency (80%)
Available with 2x18W / 2x36W / 2x58W
Optional incorporated battery powered LED emergency lighting
Characteristics
•
•
•
•
•
Maintenance free
Sealed-for-life concept
Fit and forget
10 year operational warranty*
Patented solution
General specifications:
Modes of protection
ATEX classification
Zones
Applied standards
Certificate
Ex code
Inspection
Ex e mb, Ex tDA21
Group II Category 2 G D
Zone 1, 2, 21, 22
EN 60079-0, EN 60079-7, EN 60079-18 EN, EN/IEC 61241-0, EN/IEC 61241-1
KEMA08ATEX0163
II 2 G Ex e mb II T6
II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C
Visual inspection in accordance with EN/IEC 60079-17
Product specifications:
Housing
Lamps
IP Rating
Temperature range
Voltage
Electrical connection
Entries
Ballast
Mounting
Seawater resistant anodized (25 micron) aluminum with toughened glass
Pre-mounted long life lamps, color 840
IP66
-20°C to +55°C
220-264VAC 50/60Hz
0,5-6mm2 spring terminals through integrated external junction box (sealed by resin)
2 entries M25 with built-in lock nut
Electronic with end of life protection
Brackets on guidance rail for easy and quick installation
Optional:
Voltage
Lamps
Electrical connection
LED Emergency lighting
Mounting brackets
Cable glands
110/120VAC
Color 830
8 meter braided Àying permanent lead
90 minute back-up for 36W and 58W
Pole and ceiling mounting brackets
M25
157
Lighting
TNAML
Article code
Wattage
Voltage
Weight
Lumen
TNAML218
2 x 18W
220-264VAC
5,0 kgs
TNAML236
2 x 36W
220-264VAC
6,5 kgs
6.000 Lumen
TNAML258
2 x 58W
220-264VAC
8,0 kgs
10.400 Lumen
TNAML236E
2 x 36W
220-264VAC
6,5 kgs
6.000 Lumen
TNAML258E
2 x 58W
220-264VAC
8,0 kgs
10.400 Lumen
2.600 Lumen
Type
Max. qty. of lamp fitting on a 16A/
C-char. circuit. 30mA ELCB
Inrush current
2 x 18W
30
18A / 250ȝs
2 x 36W
30
18A / 250ȝs
2 x 58W
20
31A / 350ȝs
Drawings
2 x 58W
1650 mm
2 x 36W
1120 mm
Light distribution curve
2 x 18W
740 mm
Universal mounting system
Per 1000 Lumen
158
Lighting
EVF-P
Luminaires for Àuorescent lamps with a circular shape
polycarbonate-made light housing and two end-cups in copper-free
aluminium.
The high resistance policarbonate light-housing is made of 3
different layers-extrusion to grant the best possible protection
against direct sun heating and radiation effect while the circular
shape is aimed to grant the best possible ”CX” factor and to avoid
pollution and dirty bunching on surfaces.
These technical features make the EVF-P Series suitable for
marine environment
Specifications
Material
Two end-cups in copper-free aluminium
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
(Cu<0,1%) mounted on a circular shape
polycarbonate made
IP66
-20°C to 50°C
Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0039
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 21 and Zone 2/Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Aluminium end-cups and cover painted by green colour polyurethane painting cycle (RAL 6003)
Num. 2 opposite M20 pitch 1.5 metric threated entries. One plugged-off by brass nickel plated EEx-d
plug with relevant gasket
AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
EVF-P Series is suitable for two pins Àuorescent lamps G13 socket PHILIPS TL-D or equivalent
(lamps excluded)
18 / 36 / 58 W
Lamps Wattage
High Frequency Electronic ballast
Ballast
Rated operation voltage (UE) 220-240 V
50 ÷ 60 Hz
Frequency
> 0,95
Power factor
Pole mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type P14
Accessories
Ceiling mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type G3
Available upon request
3° bottom entry M20
EVF-P lighting ¿xtures for Emergency Service are available, see:
Emergency Service
EVF-P...LE-P
Note
The screw-cover of EVF-P, when opened, will stand linked to the body of the lighting fixtures by mean of a
stainless steel chain
Steel made white coated internal reflector is also the support for electrical equipment. It is fully withdrawable
in order to allow an easy re-lamping and maintenance
159
Ligthing
EVF-P
EVF-P… Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service
CODE
TYPE
423.00
424.00
425.00
426.00
427.00
428.00
EVF-P 118
EVF-P 136
EVF-P 158
EVF-P 218
EVF-P 236
EVF-P 258
LAMPS
Num.
POWER
[W]
Overall dimensions [mm]
A
B
C
1
1
1
2
2
2
1x18W
1x36W
1x58W
2x18W
2x36W
2x58W
764
1374
1680
764
1374
1680
LAMPS
Num.
POWER
[W]
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 x 18W
2 x 18W
1 x 36W
2 x 36W
1 x 58W
2 x 58W
1 x 18W
1 x 36W
1 x 58W
Overall dimensions [mm]
A
B
C
764
176
194
764
176
194
1374
176
194
1374
176
194
1680
176
194
1680
176
194
764
176
194
1374
176
194
1680
176
194
176
176
176
176
176
176
194
194
194
194
194
194
WEIGHT
[kg]
6
8
9
6
8
10
EVF-P…LE Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service
CODE
TYPE
423.10
426.10
424.10
427.10
425.10
428.10
423.11
424.11
425.11
EVF-P 118 LE P
EVF-P 218 LE P
EVF-P 136 LE P
EVF-P 236 LE P
EVF-P 158 LE P
EVF-P 258 LE P
EVF-P 118 LE NP
EVF-P 136 LE NP
EVF-P 158 LE NP
WEIGHT
[kg]
8
8
10
10
11
11
7.7
9.7
10.7
(P) Permanent Emergency Lighting Apparatus
(NP) NON Permanent Emergency Lighting Apparatus
Typical mounting kit for EVF-P Series Lighting Fixtures
Specifications
KIT ”G3”
CEILING MOUNTING KIT “G3” Type for lighting ¿xtures:
EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304
KIT ”P14”
POLE MOUNTING KIT “P14” Type for lighting ¿xtures:
EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304 for 1”1/2” Ø pole
Type
KIT P14
KIT G3
Dimensions
160
Useful for
Lighting Fixtures
EVF-P
EVF-P
Code
A.0423.61
A.0423.60
Material
Stainless Steel AISI 304
Stainless Steel AISI 304
Weight
kg
0,44
0,167
Lighting
EVF-P Endurance
The EVF-P ENDurance Series has been speci¿cally engineered to
properly house the Àuorescent lamps and relevant high frequency
ballast of ”Xtreme Technology” by Philips and grant, by way of this,
over 40.000 hours of maintenance free operating lifetime.
In EVF-P ENDurance Series, patented technology by Philips like:
Master TL-D Xtreme Lamps end relative HF-Performer II Xtreme
high frequency ballast, meet bene¿ts of EVF-P Series like: a
circular shape of high resistance 3 layers-extrusion polycarbonate
and two end-cups in copper-free aluminium that grant the best
possible protection against direct sun heating and radiation
effects.
Specifications
Material
Two end-cups in Copper free Aluminium
IP Rating
Operating Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
mounted on a circular shape polycarbonate made
IP66
-20°C to 50°C
Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0039
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Ballast
Rated operation voltage
(UE)
Frequency
Power factor
Accessories
Available upon request
Emergency Service
Note
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85° C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 21, Zone 2 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Aluminium end-cups and cover painted by green colour polyurethane painting cycle (RAL 6003)
Num. 2 opposite M20 pitch 1,5 metric threated entries. One plugged-off by brass nickel plated EEx-d
plug with relevant gasket
AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
EVF-P ENDurance Series is suitable for two pins Àuorescent socket: MASTER TL-D Xtreme PHILIPS
Low- Pressure mercury discharge lamp with tubolar 26 mm. envelope
Extreme long reliable lifetime and higher ef¿cacy are achieved with HF-PERFORMER II Xtreme
electronic gear (lamps excluded).
18 / 36 / 58 W
HF- PERFORMER II Xtreme High Frequency Ballast Philips (36W and 58W)
Smart power: costant light indipendent of mains voltage Àuctuations
Protected against excessive voltage peaks (up to 4Kv) and suitable for Class I and Class II luminaires
Protected against mains voltages and incorrect connections up to 400V AC
220-240 V
50 ÷ 60 Hz
> 0,95
Pole mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type P14
Ceiling mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type G3
3° bottom entry M20
EVF-P ENDurance lighting ¿xtures for Emergency Service is available:
EVF-P...LE-LP/LED-END
The screw-cover of EVF-P END, when opened, will stand linked to the body of the lighting fixtures by
mean of a stainless steel chain
Steel made white coated internal reflector is also the support for electrical equipment. It is fully
withdrawable in order to allow an easy re-lamping and maintenence
161
Lighting
EVF-P Endurance
EVF-P…LE END (Endurance) Series
Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service
CODE
423.11
426.11
424.11
427.11
425.11
428.11
TYPE
EVF-P 118 LE-LP / LED-END
EVF-P 218 LE-LP / LED-END
EVF-P 136 LE-LP / LED-END
EVF-P 236 LE-LP / LED-END
EVF-P 158 LE-LP / LED-END
EVF-P 258 LE-LP / LED-END
LAMPS
Num.
1 + LEDS
2 + LEDS
1 + LEDS
2 + LEDS
1 + LEDS
2 + LEDS
POWER
[W]
1 x 18 + x1
2 x 18 + x1
1 x 36 + x1
2 x 36 + x1
1 x 58 + x1
2 x 58 + x1
Overall dimensions [mm]
A
B
C
764
176
194
764
176
194
1374
176
194
1374
176
194
1680
176
194
1680
176
194
WEIGHT
[kg]
8
8
10
10
11
11
(LP) Permanent Emergency Lighting Apparatus by LED source
EVF-P…END (Endurance) Series
Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service
CODE
A042301
A042401
A042501
A042601
A042701
A042801
TYPE
EVF-P 118-END
EVF-P 136-END
EVF-P 158-END
EVF-P 218-END
EVF-P 236-END
EVF-P 258-END
LAMPS
Num.
1
1
1
2
2
2
POWER
[W]
1x18W
1x36W
1x58W
2x18W
2x36W
2x58W
Overall dimensions [mm]
A
B
C
764
176
194
1374
176
194
1680
176
194
764
176
194
1374
176
194
1680
176
194
WEIGHT
[kg]
6
8
9
6
8
10
EVF-P
Typical Mounting Kit
Specifications
KIT ”G3”
KIT ”P14”
TYPE
KIT P14
KIT G3
Dimensions
162
CEILING MOUNTING KIT “G3” Type for lighting ¿xtures:
EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304
POLE MOUNTING KIT “P14” Type for lighting ¿xtures:
EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304 for 1 ½” Ø pole
Useful for
Lighting Fixtures
EVF-P
EVF-P
CODE
A.0423.61
A.0423.60
MATERIAL
Stainless Steel AISI 304
Stainless Steel AISI 304
WEIGHT
Kg
0,44
0,167
Lighting
EVde HID Series
EVde-…H.I.D. Series Lighting Fixtures have been designed to house
Built-in control gear for High Intensity Discharge (H.I.D.) Lamps and to
manage the light source, driving it where required by way of suitable
reÀectors and refractors.
Due to the corrosion resistant body, cast copper-free aluminium
construction (Cu<0.1%) and tempered glass for lamp compartment,
EVde-…H.I.D. Lighting ¿xtures can provide small dimensions/low weight
combined with
a wide range of wattage: from 50W up to 400W.
The EVde-…H.I.D. solution, with its built-in control gear on plate and
the top side Ex-e Junction box, allows End Users and Concrators to save
almost: 1 Junction Box, 2 cable glands and a minimum of 30 minutes
of man power cost during the light installation process.
Specifications
Material
Temperature
IP Rating
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
-50°C to 60°C, See speci¿c limitations in
the relative tables for lamps typology
IP65
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C / T200°C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C / T200°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22v
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Entries
Hardware and Screw
Lamps
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Stainless steel external hardware
Lighting apparatus EVde series can be equipped with:
High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapour, Metal Halide lamps (included)
From 50W to 400W
Lamps Wattage
Ballast technical features depend on lamp type
Ballast
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
50 Hz
Frequency
Ignitor and Capacitor technical features depend on ballast type
Ignitor and Capacitor
> 0,9
Power factor
GEV-…Protection guard
Accessories
REV-…Standard reÀector made of 99.85 aluminium painted white RAL 9003
Available upon request
REVD-…Dome reÀector made of 99.85 polished and anodized aluminium
KFE-…High Bay ReÀector made of 99.85 polished and anodized aluminium
VERTEVA-…Prismatic Refractor made of virgin acrylic
Ceramic lamp holder
Lampholder
Note
Adjustable stainless steel mounting bracket (included), suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole
installation. 4x4sqmm+E mains terminal in Ex-e compartment (included)
163
Lighting
EVde HID Series
High Pressure Sodium (NA)
TYPE
EVde-2/NA-B 50
EVde-2/NA-B 70
EVde-3/NA-B 50
EVde-3/NA-B 70
EVde-4/NA-B 100
EVde-4/NA-B 150
EVde-4/NA-B 250
EVde-5/NA-B 250
CODE
A.0405.60
A.0405.61
A.0405.68
9.0801.55
A.0405.62
A.0405.63
A.0405.64
A.0405.66
LAMP W
50
70
50
70
100
150
250
250
LAMP TYPE
High Pressure Sodium
High Pressure Sodium
High Pressure Sodium
High Pressure Sodium
High Pressure Sodium
High Pressure Sodium
High Pressure Sodium
High Pressure Sodium
WEIGHT kg
6.00
6.00
v7.40
7.40
7.60
8.40
15.00
16.70
EVde-5/NA-B 400
A.0405.67
400
High Pressure Sodium
18.00
TEMP. CLASS
T4*
T4*
T4
T4
T3
T3
T3 Tamb. -20°C/40°C
T4 Tamb. -20°C/40°C
T3 Tamb. -20°C/60°C
T3 Tamb. -20°C/60°C
* Lamp with built-in glow-discharge ignitor
Mercury Vapour (HG)
TYPE
EVde-2/HG-B 50
EVde-2/HG-B 80
EVde-3/HG-B 100*
EVde-3/HG-B 125
EVde-4/HG-B 175*
Evde-4/HG-B 250
Evde-5/HG-B 250
CODE
A.0405.51
A.0405.52
A.0405.53
A.0405.54
A.0405.55
A.0405.56
A.0405.58
LAMP W
50
80
100
125
175
250
250
Evde-5/HG-B 400
A.0405.59
400
LAMP TYPE
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
Mercury Vapour
WEIGHT kg
TEMP. CLASS
6.00
T4
6.00
T4
7.00
T3
7.40
T3
8.30
T3
14.80
T3 Tamb. -20°C / 40°C
15.70
T4 Tamb. -20°C / 40°C
T3 Tamb. -20°C / 60°C
16.50
T3 Tamb. -20°C / 60°C
* On request
Metal Halide (IM)
TYPE
A.0405.71
A.0405.73
CODE
EVde-4/IM-B 250
EVde-5/IM-B 250
LAMP W
250
250
LAMP TYPE
Metal Halide
Metal Halide
WEIGHT kg
15.00
16.70
A.0405.74
EVde-5/IM-B 400
400
Metal halide
16.70
EVde-…H.I.D. Accessories
REV-… Standard reflector made of 99.85 Painted Ral 9003 White
TYPE
CODE
For Lighting
Fixtures TYPE
DIMENSION
ØA X B
WEIGHT
KG
REV-1
A.0504.01
EVde-1 ...
320 x 89
0.270
REV-2
A.0504.02
EVde-2 ...
320 x 89
0.270
REV-3
A.0504.03
EVde-3 ...
320 x 89
0.270
REV-4
A.0504.04
EVde-4 ...
400 x 89
0.370
GEV-… Protection guard
CODE
For Lighting
Fixtures TYPE
GEV-1*
A.0505.01
EVde-1 ...
138 x 104
0,160
GEV-2*
A.0505.02
EVde-2 ...
153 x 140
0.230
GEV-3*
A.0505.03
EVde-3 ...
174 x 147
0.240
GEV-4*
A.0505.04
EVde-4 ...
188 x 200
0.320
TYPE
DIMENSION
ØA X B
* Stainless steel AISI 304 made
164
WEIGHT
KG
TEMP. CLASS
T3 Tamb. -20°C / 40°C
T4 Tamb. -20°C / 40°C
T3 Tamb. -20°C / 60°C
T3 Tamb. -20°C / 60°C
°C
Lighting
EVde HID Series
REVD-… Dome reflector made of 99.85
Polished and anodized aluminium
CODE
For Lighting Fixtures
TYPE
REVD-4
A.0504.10
EVde-4 ...
440 x 310
0.800
REVD-5
A.0530.79
Evde-5 ...
500 x 250
0.800
TYPE
DIMENSION
ØA X B
WEIGHT
KG
KFE-…
High bay reflector made of 99.85 Polished and anodized aluminium
CODE
For Lighting Fixtures
TYPE
A.0504.20
EVde-4 ... / EVde-5 ...
TYPE
KFE*
DIMENSION
ØA X B
570 x 300
WEIGHT
KG
KFE
1.150
Available on request
VERTEVA-…
Prismatic refractor made of virginacrylic
TYPE
CODE
For Lighting Fixtures
TYPE
VERTEVA*
A.0504.50
EVde-4 ... / EVde-5…
DIMENSION
ØA X B
415 x 250
WEIGHT
KG
4.000
* only for 250W
* available on request
Dimensions
POLE/STANCHION
Evd-5...
Evd-4...
Evd-3...
Evd-2...
WALL
CEILING
165
Lighting
EVde I/HA Series
EVde- . I ./HA Series Lighting Fixtures have been designed to house
Incandescent and halogen lamps and to manage the light source, driving it
where required by way of suitable reÀectors and refractors.
Due to the corrosion resistant body, cast Copper free Aluminium construction (Cu<0,1%) and tempered glass for lamp compartment, EVde-.I./HA
Lighting ¿xtures can provide small dimensions/low weight combined with
wattages up to 300W. The EVde-…I./HA solution, with its top side Ex e
Junction box, allows End Users and Contractors to save 1 Junction Box, 2
cable glands and a minimum of 30 minutes of man power cost during the
installation process.
Specifications
Material
Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
Temperature
-50°C to 60°C
See speci¿c limitations in the relative
tables for lamps typology
IP65
IP Rating
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Entries
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C / T200°C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C / T200°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
External polyurethane painting
“Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Hardware and Screw
Stainless steel external hardware
Lamps
Lamp included: Incandescent / Halogen
Lamps Wattage
Up to 300W
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
Accessories
Available upon request
GEV-…Protection guard
REV-…Standard reÀector made of 99.85 aluminium painted white RAL 9003
Lampholder
Ceramic lamp holder
Note
Adjustable stainless steel mounting bracket (included), suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole installation
4x4sqmm+E mains terminal in Ex-e compartment (included)
166
Lighting
EVde I/HA Series
(I.) Incandescent Lamps
TYPE
CODE
EVde-1/I 60
EVde-1/I 100
EVde-2/I 150
EVde-3/I 150
EVde-3/I 200
EVde-4/I 200
EVde-4/I 300
A.0400.51
A.0400.52
A.0400.53
LAMP
[W]
60
100
150
150
200
200
300
A.0400.54
A.0400.55
LAMP TYPE
Incandescent
Incandescent
Incandescent
Incandescent
Incandescent
Incandescent
Incandescent
WEIGHT
[kg]
2.90
2.90
3.10
4.40
4.40
7.00
7.00
TEMP.
CLASS
T4
T4
T3
T4
T3
T4
T3
(HA.) Halogen Lamps
TYPE
CODE
EVde-1/HA 60
EVde-2/HA 100
EVde-3/HA 150
EVde-4/HA 200
LAMP
[W]
60
100
150
200
LAMP TYPE
Halogen
Halogen
Halogen
Halogen
WEIGHT
[kg]
2.90
3.10
4.40
7.00
REV-… Standard reflector
made of 99.85 Painted Ral 9003 White
GEV-… Protection guard
TYPE
CODE
For Lighting
Fixtures TYPE
REV-1
A.0504.01
EVde-1 ...
320 x 89
0.270
REV-2
A.0504.02
EVde-2 ...
320 x 89
0.270
GEV-2*
A.0505.02
EVde-2 ...
153 x 140
0.230
REV-3
A.0504.03
EVde-3 ...
320 x 89
0.270
GEV-3*
A.0505.03
EVde-3 ...
174 x 147
0.240
REV-4
A.0504.04
EVde-4 ...
400 x 89
0.370
GEV-4*
A.0505.04
EVde-4 ...
188 x 200
0.320
Dimensions
DIMENSION
ØA X B [mm]
TEMP.
CLASS
T4
T4
T4
T4
WEIGHT
[kg]
TYPE
GEV-1*
CODE
For Lighting
Fixtures TYPE
A.0505.01
EVde-1 ...
DIMENSION
ØA X B [mm]
138 x 104
WEIGHT
[kg]
0,160
* Stainless steel AISI 304 made
* available on request
167
Lighting
TNXCX
Technor low pro¿le Xenon Àoodlights are developed to withstand rough
offshore environments, designed to provide safe, powerful illumination
with no glare (e.g. to pilots or crew). Enclosure in Acid Resistant Stainless
Steel AISI 316 and high quality internal electronics provides a reliable and
long-lifetime lightsource to ensure maintenance is kept to a minimum.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Ambient temperature
Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Entries
Gland Size EEx e
Lamp
Operating voltage
Power consumption
Weight
Lens
X
¤
X
#
#
X
--
Acid resistant stainless steel SS316L
IP66 (IP67/68 upon request)
-50ºC to +50ºC
DNV-2004-OSL-ATEX-27278
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
EN50281-1-1
CAP437
Ex d/Ex de IIC/IIB,
II 2 G / D, T4
Suitable for Zone 1 and 2
Ex e glands M25 or M20, or blanking plugs
M25 / M20 / Blanked
Xenon D25 / 35 Watt
230, 120 VAC/12, 24 VDC
50 Watt
Approx. 10 kg.
Glass
#
254 = 254VAC
230 = 220/240VAC
120 = 110/120VAC
24 = 24VDC
12 = 12VDC
E = Explosion Proof, I = Industrial
For XCX130:
1 = EEx de with TNCN and 2xØ25
2 = EEx de c/w EEx e bottom 5xØ25 entries
3 = EEx d with 1xM25 bottom entry
4 = EEx d with 1xM25 bottom entry and Àying lead (5m)
Diameter 130 = 130 mm
X = Xenon light source
Material types: C = SS316L, A = Aluminium
TNX
Typical Àoodlight with connection box or Àying lead:
XCX1301E-230
TNXCX130 Ex de Àoodlight SS316L
TNCN connection box and cable bushing
2 nos EEx e M25 entries
DxL = 130x423 mm., 230VAC
168
XCX1304E-12
TNXCX130 Ex d Àoodlight SS316L
Flying lead cable (5m)
One Ex d M25 entry
DxL = 130x378mm., 12VDC
Lighting
TNXCX
Dimensions
Ex de
Ex d Flying Lead
Mounting bracket SS316 material
Canopy for extra protection against glaring (optional) SS316 Material
Ordering code: TPS14007
Ordering code: TPS14003
169
Lighting
FL Series
Copper free Aluminium Àoodlight for halogen and discharge lamps, external painting RAL 6003 and internal anticondensation paint.
FL...Series Floodlight are completed with lamp, ballast, HPF capacitor and
ignitor.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
Stainless Steel AISI 316 L
IP65
-50°C to 55°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 00ATEX0023X GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00501
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 /
61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 /
61241-0 / 61241-1
II2 GD
Ex de IIB T3
Ex de IIB+H2 T3 (upon request)
Ex tD A21 IP65 T200°C
Gaskets
Surface treatment
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 2, Zone 21/Zone 22
Nitrile rubber gasket on Àat joint
External Painting: polyuretane RAL 6003
Internal anticondensation paint
No. 2 M25 entries: one plugged off and one completed with a single seal cable gland our type
PNA 2, brass nichel plated.
Captive stainless steel screws and stailess steel adjustable bracket
Hardware and Screw
Halogen and discharge lamps
Lamps
150, 250, 400, 500, 2x70
Lamps Wattage
Low losses integral ballast
Ballast
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
50 Hz
Frequency
> 0,9
Power factor
Ceramic lampholder E-40 with antiloosening terminals
Lampholder
Internal reÀector, symmetrical distribution with narrow beam pure polished aluminium, ¿xed to
Reflector
body by a safe wire even when removed during maintenance.
Off -shore version with surface treatment for oil platforms and corrosive environments
Accessories
External colour ON REQUEST choice between Ral classi¿cation
Available upon request
Hammered reÀector for wide beam
Top-pole mounting kit (pole size 2”)
Voltages and frequencies ON REQUEST: - 240V 50 o 60 Hz - 254V 60 Hz - 120V 60 Hz - 127V
50 o 60 Hz - 208V 60 Hz
Floodlight with wind-up stand Italgas speci¿ed cod. Aplog/log-gestilog: GAS-d3
Specified Version for
Floodlight world wide Shell Oil speci¿ed M.e.s.c. no. 69.56.23.520.1 to 69.56.23.544.1 details with
Special services
lamps in Shell standardization
N.A.T.O. standarization Àoodlight speci¿ed for military purposes code NSN 5795-17-1092235. Floodlight for lighting the escape platform/ship area “Life boat” FL-2x70-HA series with 2
halogen lamps 50 or 70W each with back reÀ ector for narrow beam , suitable for connection to
emergency circuit powered by batteries always available on escape platform circuits. The narrow
beam issued is lighting the sea surface below the safe boat to aid the life boat splash-down and
as sign “ life boat “ for “ man in water
Thread
Note
Hinged window on cover
Connection to electric network via the backside through the Ex-e connection box with 4 terminals
(4 sqmm.) bridged 2 by 2
170
Lighting
FL Series
Floodlight
CODE
418.14
TYPE
FL 15 SA
418.15
FL 25 SA
418.19
FL 40 SA
418.20
418.25
418.30
418.35
418.40
418.45
FL 25 IM
FL 40 IM
FL 25 HG
FL 40 HG
FL 50 HA
FL 14 HA
LAMPS TYPE
High Pressure
Sodium
High Pressure
Sodium
High Pressure
Sodium
Metal Halide
Metal Halide
Mercury Vapours
Mercury Vapours
Halogen
Halogen
POWER VOLTAGE
[W]
[V]
150
220/230 [50Hz]
WEIGHT
[kg]
24,7
250
220/230 [50Hz]
25,8
400
220/230 [50Hz]
27,0
250
400
250
400
500
2x70
220/230 [50Hz]
220/230 [50Hz]
220/230 [50Hz]
220/230 [50Hz]
220
48
25,8
24,8
25,7
22,9
21,0
22,0
FL…316 Floodlight
CODE
TYPE
LAMPS POWER
TYPE
[W]
SHAPE
WEIGHT
Wght. Package
O.D.
[kg]
[kg]
Packing [mm]
418.14 FL 15 SA S.A.P.
150
TUBOLAR
48,2
50,2
560x360x320
418.15 FL 25 SA S.A.P.
250
TUBOLAR
49,3
51,3
560x360x320
418.19 FL 40 SA S.A.P.
400
TUBOLAR
50,5
52,5
560x360x320
418.20 FL 25 IM I.M.
250
TUBOLAR
49,3
51,3
560x360x320
418.25 FL 40 IM I.M.
400
TUBOLAR
48,3
50,3
560x360x320
418.30 FL 25 HG V.M.
250
ELLIPSOIDAL
49,2
51,2
560x360x320
45,5
47,5
560x360x320
418.35 FL 40 HG V.M.
400
TUBOLAR
418.40 FL 50 HA A.L.
500
T.D.E.
560x360x320
418.45 FL 14 HA 2 A.L.
2x70
QUARTS
UV
FILTER
560x360x320
FL/AISI 316 Series…
With the intent to answer to the off-shore market
need of a totally corrosion proof apparatus able to
withstand the combined action of salty marine and
hydrocarbons environments, has been studied
and developed the FL/AISI 316 Series. The high
cost of ordinary and extraordinary maintenance
on oil platforms fully justi¿es the replacement of
Aluminum light alloy with Stainless steel 316.
The exclusive foundry know-how allowed Italsmea
to cast and to machine units Aisi 316 made with
L title and with same shape and thickens of
Aluminum version also reducing to the lowest
possible the weight.
171
Lighting
EVde-LED / EVde-PT Series
Long life maintenance free High Intensity Power LEDs with narrow beam
lenses. EVde-…LED Spot Lights are used as local spot lights where high
illumination is required day and night. Due to their LED based technology,
Evde-…LED Spot Lights are shock/vibration resistant and free from infrared and ultraviolet effects. These spot Lights are used when blinding effect
for operator and no light pollution is required. The lights are also available
as tank light and portable light, ideal for demanding Onshore and Offshore
applications e.g. cleaning, grit blasting and inspection of con¿ned spaces.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)
IP65
-50°C to 60°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 2, Zone 21/Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Gaskets
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle”
Green RAL 6003
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Entries
Hardware and
Screw
Lamps
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation
voltage (UE)
Frequency
Accessories
Available upon
request
Note
Stainless steel external hardware
18 or 48 LED’s
High Intensity Power LED’s: 1W each
24Vdc or 240Vac models available
50/60 Hz.
Handle for single handed portability
Adjustable stainless steel U-bracket for wall mounting (included),
suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole installation
4x4sqmm+E mains terminal in Ex-e compartment (included)
Type
EVde-3/18-LED
EVde-5/48-LED
172
Dimensions
Code
A.0416.52
A.0416.53
Power
(W)
Lamp Type
18W 18 LED’s x 1W each
48W 48 LED’s X 1W each
Voltage
(V)
220Vac-240Vac
220Vac-240Vac
Frequency
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Weight
kg
5.00
Temp.
Class
Overall
Dimension
ØX
Length mm
195 x 336
281 X 288
Lighting
EVcc-PR Series
Copper free Aluminium Lighting Fixtures for tank inspection, painted RAL
6003 and complete with incandescent lamp and 2 ea M25 cable entries.
Flange upon request.
Specifications
Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
IP65
-50°C to 40°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS
01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T200°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Gaskets
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle”
Surface treatment
Green RAL 6003
Nr. 2 entries diam. M25
Entries
Stainless steel external hardware
Hardware and Screw
Incandescent Lamp included
Lamps
100 watt
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
Fixing Àange available upon request
Accessories
Lighting fixtures for tank inspections
Type
Code
EVcc–PR2/I100* 414.52
EVcc-PR3/
414.53
I100**
Lamp
(W)
100
100
Lamp
Type
Incandescent
Incandescent
Voltage
230
230
Dimension
ØAxC
163x152
195x168
Weight
kg
3,100
4,400
* The only lamp compatible Philips Mushroom E60 100W
** Standard Philips Lamp A-shape clear A60 100W
Dimensions
173
Lighting
EVA Series
Copper free Aluminium hand-lamp, complete with handle made of
insulating material, protection guard and incandescent lamp.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)
IP65
-50°C to 60°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T135°C / T200°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 2, Zone 21/Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Gaskets
External polyurethane painting
Surface treatment
“Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Nr. 1 entry with cable gland PAT2
Entries
Stainless steel external hardware
Hardware and Screw
Incandescent Lamp included
Lamps
60 or 100 watt
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
transformer 240/24V 100VA available upon request
Accessories
Dimensions
HAND LAMP for Incandescent Lamp
Hand –lamp for incandescent lamps
with transformer 240/24V 100VA
174
Type
EVA-1-l60(EVP 60)
EVA-1-l100(EVP 100)
Code
Lamp
W
Lamp
Type
Voltage
V
Weight
kg
413.01
60
Incandescent
230
2,700
413.02
100
Incandescent
230
2,900
Lighting
TNCLS
TNCLS Backlights are designed for use with Level Gauges in all kinds of
industry where an explosive atmosphere may be present.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Approvals
Standards
Acid resistant stainless steel SS316
IP66
-20ºC + 45ºC (T4)
DNV-2002-OSL-ATEX-0195
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
EN50028, IEC/EN 60079-18
Ex-Code
Ex em II T4
II 2 G
Surface treatment
Earthing
Cable entry
Power
comsumption
Voltage
Frequency
Humidity
Terminals
Lumination colour
Acidized
M6 inside and outside
Max. 2xM25 in top and / or bottom, and/or sides
es
Approx. 3VA per module
220-240VAC or 254VAC
50-60 Hz
100%
Minimum 4x2,5 m²
Yellow
Total length
(A) mm
Light exposure
(B) mm
2,3
Size-qty.
modules
27-1
270
250
Weight
kg
2,3
300
280
2,5
Size-qty.
modules
Total length
(A) mm
Light exposure
(B) mm
Weight
kg
27-1
270
250
30-1
300
280
2,5
30-1
34-1
340
320
2,7
34-1
340
320
2,7
36-1
360
340
2,8
36-1
360
340
2,8
27-2
540
520
4,3
27-2
540
520
4,3
30-2
600
580
4,6
30-2
600
580
4,6
34-2
680
660
5,1
34-2
680
660
5,1
5,3
36-2
720
700
5,3
6,2
27-3
810
790
6,2
36-2
27-3
720
810
700
790
30-3
900
880
6,7
30-3
900
880
6,7
34-3
1020
1000
7,3
34-3
1020
1000
7,3
36-3
1080
1060
7,5
36-3
1080
1060
7,5
30-4
1200
1180
8,5
30-4
1200
1180
8,5
Several units can be assembles to one column
Dimensions
Type key: TNCLS L-X
L = Module lendth
X = No. of modules
Total length: A = L*X
Other sizes upon request
175
176
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
PC Workstation
PC Workstation, Ex d, 6082 High grade Aluminium
Remote Terminal
Remote Terminal, Ex d, 6082 High grade Aluminium
ISIS 450
Terminal, Ex mdeib(ib), High grade Aluminium
Monitor
Monitor, Ex d, 6082 High grade Aluminium
Ex-Drive
USB Mobile-Disk, Ex de
Explosionproof Barrier
Explosion Proof Wi¿ Barrier, Ex dm[ia], 300 Series Stainless housing
Keyboard
Keyboard, Ex ib, Powder coated billit 6082 Aluminium
178
179
180
181
183
184
185
177
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
PC Workstations
• Ex d high performance, stand alone industrial computers for zone 1,2 & 21
• Simple to install and will run with any PC operating system.
• Con¿gurable with ¿ber optic, cat 5 and/or Wireless communications
• Available with a range of standard mounts and stands.
• Wide range of interface and keyboard options available.
• Custom solutions available from 1 – 1000 units.
• TransreÀective LCD options
Specifications
Type of protection
Certification
Display size
Display type
Display resolution
Colours
Brightness
Contrast
Processor
Flash Drive
Memory
Communication
Keyboard
Supply Voltage
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Housing
Environmental protection
Weight
Overall dimensions
Available network options
178
II 2 G, Ex d(ib) IIB T6
DNV-2002-OSL-ATEX-0104
700:12,1”
800: 15”
900: 19”
LCD
700: 800x600
800: 1024x768
900: 1280 x 1024
700: 260K
800: 16,2M
900: 16,7M
700: 400 cdm/nits
800: 400 cdm/nits
900: 250 cdm/nits
900: High Bright: 500cdm/nits, TransreÀective
700: 500:1
800: 400:1
900: 500:1
Dimensions
High Bright: 1000:1
700: Refer to datasheet
800/900: 1,8GHz Pentium M
700: Refer to datasheet
800/900: 64GB
700: Refer to datasheet
800/900: 1GB
700: Refer to datasheet
800/900: CAT 5, RS232, RS422,
RS485, USB
Optional membrane Mouse & Keypad
and external EEx i Interface
90-264VAC, 50-60Hz Optional 24VDC
(-20ºC) 0ºC to +50ºC
-25ºC to +55ºC
6082 High grade aluminium
IP66
700: 25Kg / 53lbs
800: 32Kg / 68lbs
900: 44Kg / 88lbs
700: 369 x 283 x 160 mm
800: 465 x 337 x 160 mm
900: 521 x 390 x 165 mm
WiFi/Fibre Optic/Cat 5
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
Remote Terminal
• Ex d remote terminals for zone 1,2 & 21
• No need for purging
• Con¿gurable with ¿ber optic, cat 5
• Extending range up to 10.000 meters
• Available with a range of standard mounts and stands.
• Wide range of interface and keyboard options available.
• TransreÀective LCD option
Specifications
Type of protection
Certification
Display size
Display type
Display resolution
Colours
Brightness
Contrast
Available KVM options
Keyboard
Supply Voltage
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Housing
Environmental protection
Weight
Overall dimensions
II 2 G EEx d (ib) IIB T6
DNV-2002-OSL-ATEX-0104
700: 12,1”
800: 15”
900: 19”
LCD
700: VGA 800 x 600
800: VGA 1024 x 768
900: VGA 1280 x 1024
700: 260K
800: 16,2M
900: 16,7M
700: 400cdm/nits
800: 400cdm/nits
900: 250cdm/nits
900: High Bright: 500 cdm/nits, TransreÀective
700: 500:1
800: 400:1
900: 1000:1
High Bright: 1000:1
Cat5 or Fibre Optic
Optional membrane Mouse and keypad
and external EEx i interface
90-264VAC, 50-60Hz Optional 24VDC
(-20ºC) 0ºC to +45ºC
-25ºC to +55ºC
6082 High grade aluminium
IP66
700: 25Kg / 53lbs
800: 32Kg / 68lbs
900: 44Kg / 88lbs
700: 369 x 283 x 160 mm
800: 465 x 337 x 160 mm
900: 521 x 390 x 165 mm
Dimensions
179
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
ISIS 450, Terminal
Technor ISIS Windows CE.net operator terminal represent a
cost ef¿cient state of the art unit for process control and monitoring in hazardous areas
Specifications
Type of protection
Display size
Display type
Display resolution
Colours
Brightness
Processor
Flash drive
Memory
Available comm. Options
Keyboard
Supply voltage
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Housing
Environmental protection
Weight
Overall dimensions
Vibration
FCC
CE
Dimensions
180
II 2 G EEx mdeib(ib) IIB+H T4
10,4”
TransreÀective TFT LCD
VGA 640 x 480
256K colours
250cdm/nits
300 MHz low power
32Mb (higher optional)
64Mb SRAM
WiFi / Cat 5 / Fiber Optic
Functional keyboard (F1 – F8)
0-9 Numeric pad
90-260VAC, 50-60Hz
-40ºC to +50ºC
-25ºC to +55ºC
High grade aluminium
IP65
12,5kg / 28lbs
360w x 260h x 153d mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
Monitor
• Ex d monitor for zone 1,2 & 21
• Accepts DVI, VGA, RGB, Composite and S-video input signals
• Available with a range of standard mounts and stands.
Specifications
Type of protection
Approvals
Certification
Display size
Display resolution
Colours
Brightness
Contrast
Input options
Supply voltage
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Housing
Environmental protection
Weight
Overall dimensions
II 2 G EEx d (ib) IIB T6
EEx d IIB T5
DNV-2202-OSL-ATEX-0104
700: 12,1”
800: 15”
900: 19”
700: VGA 800 x 600
800: VGA 1024x768
900: VGA 1280 x 1024
700: 260K
800: 16,2M
900: 16,7M
700: 400 cdm/nits
800: 400 cdm/nits
900: 250 cdm/nits
900: High Bright: 500 cdm/nits, TransreÀective
700: 500:1
800: 400:1
900: 500:1
High Bright: 1000:1
DVI, VGA, RGB,
Composite and S-video input
90-264VAC, 50-60Hz Optional 24VDC
-20ºC to +50ºC
-25ºC to +55ºC
6082 High grade aluminium
IP66
700: 25Kg / 53lbs
800: 32Kg / 68lbs
900: 44Kg / 88lbs
700: 369 x 283 x 160 mm
800: 465 x 337 x 160 mm
900: 521 x 390 x 165 mm
Dimensions
181
182
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
Ex-Drive, USB Mobile-Disk
Ex-Drive is a standard USB 2.0 based device for hazardous area Zone 1
and 2. Logging of data for evaluation or backup is used more extensively
at industrial sites, onshore and offshore. By using Technor ISIS Ex-Drive
products your organization can immediately start securing data in hazardous area, allowing easy access Ex-Drive is designed for harsh environments with IP66 protection.
• Data logging & retrieval
• Portable data capture
• Diagnostics
• Remote systems monitoring
• Black box applications
Specifications
Type of protection
Certification
Compability
Memory
Environmental Protection
Weight
Length
Operating temperature
II 2G Ex de IIC T6
NEMKO 01ATEX158
USB 2.0
2-4GB
IP66
0,5 kg
210 mm
0ºC to +50ºC
Dimensions
183
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
Explosion Proof Wifi Barrier
The New Patented Radio signal barrier, allows for easy mounting of any
WIFI antenna. This ¿tting is designed to be used directly in any explosion
proof housing or ¿tting without the need of a seal. The barrier is a cost
effective solution to hazardous area radio equipment. Various connector
options available.
Specifications
Ex-code
Certificate
Ex dm[ia] IIC T5
DNV-2006-OSL-ATEX-0183X
Maximum fault voltage RMS 250 Volts
Maximum Radio Power Output 2.0 Watts
Frequency Range up to 2.4 GHz
50 Ohm impedance
¾ Male NPT or M25 x 1.5 connection
300 Series Stainless housing
RP-SMA or N style Connector
6000 PSI Hydro tested, no Lead seal required
Dimensional Outline
Metric M25 “N” Connector
Dimensional Outline
NPT ¾” “N” Connector
NPT ¾” RP-SMA Connector
This need to be certi¿ed
(and veri¿ed) together with
the used transmitter/receiver/antenna
and the actual enclosures.
184
Human Machine Interface (HMI)
Keyboard
The Technor ISIS intrinsically safe, billet aluminium keyboards are manufactured to the same high quality speci¿cations as our ISIS HMI range.
Available with touchpad or joystick mouse operation the keyboard may be
mounted directly on the unit with a practical fold away hinge or used as an
independent desk top unit.
Specifications
Type of protection
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4
Degree of protection IP66
Use
Within Zone 1 & 2 and Ex area
Technical details
Ra¿ short stroke keyboard
No of keystrokes > 1 Mio operations
Using a force of 2,55 to 0,65 N
Travel 0,3 +0,2 -0,1 mm
Keyboard type
MF2 (102 keys) keyboard with integrated
Touch-Pad (2 keys)
Interface
Cable length
Language versions
Supply voltage
Ambient temperature
Ware temperature
Safety Values
PC AT, PS/2 compatible
1,50 m
English US-layout, German and French
5V
max. -30ºC to +60ºC at T4
-40º to +70ºC (Pad)
Ui = 5,4 V, Ii = 250mA, Pi = 0,7W, Li = is negligible,
Ci = 59,4 —F
Details, touch pad
Foilcovered capacitive Touch-Pad (62x47 mm)
with 2 keys
Material
Surface
Powder coated billit 6082 aluminium
Acid, alkaline, solvent- and chemical resistant
Polyester foil 0,3 mm thick with rimmed keys
Overall dimensions
32mm x 525mm x 200mm (Pad)
Weight
5,6kg
30
Dimensions
469
525
Esc
F1
F2
@
#
F3
F5
F4
F6
F9
414 F10
F8
F7
F11
F12
Print
Scre en
Scroll
Lock
Pause
Home
Page
Up
End
Page
Down
Esc
F1
F2
F3
F
F4
F5
F
F6
Einfg
Pos 1
F
F7
F
F8
F
F9
F
F10
F11
F1
F12
F1
Entf
Ende
Bild
R
2
1
200
148
\
2
A
Cap s
Lock
3
5
R
D
S
Z
\
R
E
7
6
T
F
*
&
Y
8
U
H
G
(
9
I
J
P
Alt
X
C
V
B
N
K
M
L
Rollen
7
Num
+
Insert
-
0
O
Rollen
Pause
Untbr
Druck
S-Abf
Bild
8
Pos 1
_
)
=
{
}
[
]
:
;
¦
Ctrl
4
3
W
Q
^
%
$
<
>
?
,
.
/
Dele te
"
¦
'
\
/
Num
Lock
7
8
-
Pg Up
Home
4
5
6
1
2
3
+
!
1
°
^
§
3
"
2
Q
W
R
E
&
6
%
5
$
4
/
7 {
Z
T
(
8 [
U
=
0 }
)
9 ]
I
Ü
P
O
0
Ins
.
Del
R
>
< |
3
Strg
Windows
Taste
6
2
3
Bild
Enter
0
Entf
Enter
A
Enter
5
1
Einfg
*
+ ~
@
9
Bild
4
Ende
`
´
?
ß \
D
S
F
H
G
J
K
Ö
L
Ä
Pg Dn
End
Ctrl
*
Rollen
9
148
!
200
~
Y
X
C
V
B
N
M
μ
Alt
Alt Gr
_
-
:
.
;
,
'
#
Windows
Windows
Taste
Taste
Strg
185
186
Cable Glands and Accessories
PAP Series
Double seal, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PNA Series
Single seal, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PSF Series
Single seal, armoured cable, Male-Female, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PSM Series
Single seal, armoured cable, Male-Male, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PBD Series
Double seal, lead sheath unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PBS Series
Single seal, lead sheath unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PDB Series
Double seal, lead sheath armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PSB Series
Single seal, lead sheath armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PBAX Series
Single seal barrier type, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PND Series
Double seal, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PNS Series
Single seal, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PABAX Series
Double seal barrier type, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PMS Series
Single seal barrier type, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
PMD Series
Double seal barrier type, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L
Fitting Accessories
188
190
192
194
198
200
202
204
206
208
210
212
214
216
219 187
Cable Glands and Accessories
PAP
Double seal cable glands suitable for armoured cables. Nickel-chrome
plated brass made, hexagon shape, anti-age EPDM oil resistant gaskets.
PAP-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Gaskets
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Thread
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Cable glands made of Stainless Steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Version on
Example PAP-1-A1/304
Request
Cable glands made of Stainless Steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PAP-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PAP-1-A1/Al
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Accessories
Note
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made
(if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)
188
Cable Glands and Accessories
PAP
Type
Cable
under
armour
(inner seal)
PAP-1/A1B1
6-9
PAP-1/A1B2
PAP-1/A2B3
PAP-2/A1B1
Ø
Cable
overall External
diameter cable
(outer seal)
F
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
B
C
D
E
Size
Code
UNI 6125
Size
8-11
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.1800.18 Uni 6125 ½”
6-9
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.1800.19 Uni 6125 ½”
9-12
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.1800.21 Uni 6125 ½”
6-9
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1800.23 Uni 6125 ¾”
NPT
Code
Size
A.1801.01 NPT ½”
A.1801.02 NPT ½”
Code
A.1801.51
A.1801.03 NPT ½”
A.1802.01 NPT ¾”
A.1801.53
A.1802.02 NPT ¾”
A.1802.03 NPT ¾”
A.1802.52
A.1801.52
A.1802.51
PAP-2/A2B1
9-12
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1800.24 Uni 6125 ¾”
PAP-2/A3B2
11-14
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1800.27 Uni 6125 ¾”
PAP-2/A4B3
14-17
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1800.28 Uni 6125 ¾”
PAP-3/A1B1
14-17
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1803.21 Uni 6125 1”
PAP-3/A2B2
17-20
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1803.22 Uni 6125 1”
PAP-3/A3B3
20-23
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1803.23 Uni 6125 1”
PAP-5/A2B2
23-26
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
A.1805.52
PAP-5/A3B3
26-29
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1805.22 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1805.02 NPT 1 1/2”
M50 A.1805.23 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1805.03 NPT 1 1/2”
PAP-5/A4B4
29-32
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
A.1805.54
PAP-5/A5B5
32-36
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1805.24 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1805.04 NPT 1 1/2”
M50 A.1805.25 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1805.05 NPT 1 1/2”
PAP-6/A2B2
36-39
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.1806.22 Uni 6125 2”
PAP-6/A3B3
39-42
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.1806.23 Uni 6125 2”
PAP-6/A4B4
42-46
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
PAP-7/A2B2
44-48
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
PAP-7/A3B3
48-52
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
PAP-7/A4B4
52-56
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
A.1806.04 NPT 2”
M75 A.1807.22 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1807.02 NPT 2 1/2”
M75 A.1807.23 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1807.03 NPT 2 1/2”
M75 A.1807.24 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1807.04 NPT 2 1/2”
PAP-7/A5B4
56-60
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
PAP-8/A4B4
56-60
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1808.24 Uni 6125 3”
PAP-8/A5B5
59-63
67-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1808.25 Uni 6125 3”
PAP-8/A6B6
63-67
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
PAP-8/A7B7
67-71
73-11
79
100 71
32
103 93
A.1802.04 NPT ¾”
A.1803.01 NPT 1”
A.1803.02 NPT 1”
A.1803.03 NPT 1”
A.1806.02 NPT 2”
A.1806.03 NPT 2”
M63 A.1806.24 Uni 6125 2”
M75 A.1807.25 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1807.05 NPT 2 1/2”
A.1808.04 NPT 3”
A.1802.53
A.1802.54
A.1803.51
A.1803.52
A.1803.53
A.1805.53
A.1805.55
A.1806.52
A.1806.53
A.1806.54
A.1807.52
A.1807.53
A.1807.54
A.1807.55
A.1808.54
M80 A.1808.26 Uni 6125 3”
A.1808.05 NPT 3”
A.1808.06 NPT 3”
A.1808.55
A.1808.56
M80 A.1808.27 Uni 6125 3”
A.1808.07 NPT 3”
A.1808.57
Dimensions
189
Cable Glands and Accessories
PNA
Single seal cable glands suitable for armoured cables. Nickel-chrome
plated brass made, hexagon shape, anti-age EPDM oil resistant gaskets.
PNA-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Version on Request
Accessories
Note
190
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PNA-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PNA-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will
assume the ending Al. Example PNA-1-A1/Al
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made
(if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)
Cable Glands and Accessories
PNA
Type
Cable
under
armour
Ø
External
cable
(inner seal)
F
A
B
C
D
E
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
UNI 6125
NPT
PNA-1/A1
6-9
18
62
42
20
33
30
Size
M20
Code
A.1501.23
Size
UNI 6125 ½”
Code
A.1501.01
Size
NPT 1/2”
Code
A.1501.51
PNA-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.1501.24
UNI 6125 ½”
A.1501.02
NPT 1/2”
PNA-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1502.21
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1502.01
NPT 3/4”
A.1501.52
A.1502.51
PNA-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1502.22
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1502.02
NPT 3/4”
A.1502.52
PNA-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1502.23
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1502.03
NPT 3/4”
A.1502.53
PNA-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1502.24
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1502.04
NPT 3/4”
A.1502.54
PNA-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1503.21
UNI 6125 1”
A.1503.01
NPT 1”
A.1503.51
PNA-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1503.22
UNI 6125 1”
A.1503.02
NPT 1”
A.1503.52
PNA-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1503.23
UNI 6125 1”
A.1503.03
NPT 1”
A.1503.53
PNA-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1505.22
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1505.02
NPT 1 1/2”
A.1505.52
PNA-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1505.23
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1505.03
NPT 1 1/2”
A.1505.53
PNA-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1505.24
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1505.04
NPT 1 1/2”
A.1505.54
PNA-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1505.25
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1505.05
NPT 1 1/2”
A.1505.55
PNA-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1506.22
UNI 6125 2”
A.1506.02
NPT 2”
A.1506.52
PNA-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1506.23
UNI 6125 2”
A.1506.03
NPT 2”
A.1506.53
PNA-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1506.24
UNI 6125 2”
A.1506.04
NPT 2”
A.1506.54
PNA-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1507.22
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1507.02
NPT 2 1/2”
A.1507.52
PNA-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1507.23
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1507.03
NPT 2 1/2”
A.1507.53
PNA-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1507.24
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1507.04
NPT 2 1/2”
A.1507.54
PNA-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1507.25
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1507.05
NPT 2 1/2”
A.1507.55
PNA-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.1508.24
UNI 6125 3”
A.1508.04
NPT 3”
A.1508.54
PNA-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.1508.25
UNI 6125 3”
A.1508.05
NPT 3”
A.1508.55
PNA-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.1508.26
UNI 6125 3”
A.1508.06
NPT 3”
A.1508.56
PNA-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.1508.27
UNI 6125 3”
A.1508.07
NPT 3”
A.1508.57
Dimensions
191
Cable Glands and Accessories
PSF
Single seal through “male-female” cable glands for unarmoured cable,
suitable for reversable assembling of 2 enclosures: Ex d / Ex d or Ex d /
Ex e by adding a rigid or Àexible tube to the cable gland. Made of Nickelchrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM
gaskets. PSF-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area Zone 1 &
2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Gaskets
Nickel-chrome Plated
Surface treatment
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Thread
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304. Example PSF-1-A1/304
Cable glands made Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316. Example PSF-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PSF-1-A1/Al
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Accessories
Note
192
Female sleeve cilindric ISO 228
Cable Glands and Accessories
PSF
Type
PSF-1/A1
Cable
overall
diameter
Free
conpling
threading
6-9
½”
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
73
B
53
C
20
D
33
E
30
Size
M20
Code
A.2821.01
UNI 6125
Size
UNI 6125 ½”
Code
A.2801.01
NPT
Size
NPT ½”
Code
A.2811.01
PSF-1/A2
9-12
½”
73
53
20
33
30
M20
A.2821.02
UNI 6125 ½”
A.2801.02
NPT ½”
A.2811.02
PSF-2/A1
6-9
¾”
73
53
20
40
36
M25
A.2822.01
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.2802.01
NPT 3/4”
A.2812.01
PSF-2/A2
9-12
¾”
73
53
20
40
36
M25
A.2822.02
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.2802.02
NPT 3/4”
A.2812.02
PSF-2/A3
11-14
¾”
73
53
20
40
36
M25
A.2822.03
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.2802.03
NPT 3/4”
A.2812.03
PSF-2/A4
14-17
¾”
73
53
20
40
36
M25
A.2822.04
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.2802.04
NPT 3/4”
A.2812.04
PSF-3/A1
14-17
1”
88
63
25
49
44
M32
A.2823.01
UNI 6125 1”
A.2803.01
NPT 1”
A.2813.01
PSF-3/A2
17-20
1”
88
63
25
49
44
M32
A.2823.02
UNI 6125 1”
A.2803.02
NPT 1”
A.2813.02
PSF-3/A3
20-23
1”
88
63
25
49
44
M32
A.2823.03
UNI 6125 1”
A.2803.03
NPT 1”
A.2813.03
PSF-5/A2
23-26
1 ½”
89
64
25
65
58
M50
A.2825.02
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.2805.02
NPT 1 1/2”
A.2815.02
PSF-5/A3
26-29
1 ½”
89
64
25
65
58
M50
A.2825.03
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.2805.03
NPT 1 1/2”
A.2815.03
PSF-5/A4
29-32
1 ½”
89
64
25
65
58
M50
A.2825.04
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.2805.04
NPT 1 1/2”
A.2815.04
PSF-5/A5
32-36
1 ½”
89
64
25
65
58
M50
A.2825.05
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.2805.05
NPT 1 1/2”
A.2815.05
PSF-6/A2
36-39
2”
M63
A.2826.02
UNI 6125 2”
A.2806.02
NPT 2”
A.2816.02
PSF-6/A3
39-42
2”
PSF-6/A4
42-46
2”
On request
M63
A.2826.03
UNI 6125 2”
A.2806.03
NPT 2”
A.2816.03
M63
A.2826.04
UNI 6125 2”
A.2806.04
NPT 2”
A.2816.04
PSF-7/A2
44-48
2 ½”
M75
A.2827.02
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.2807.02
NPT 2 1/2”
A.2817.02
PSF-7/A3
48-52
2 ½”
M75
A.2827.03
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.2807.03
NPT 2 1/2”
A.2817.03
PSF-7/A4
52-56
2 ½”
PSF-7/A5
56-60
2 ½”
On request
M75
A.2827.04
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.2807.04
NPT 2 1/2”
A.2817.04
M75
A.2827.05
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.2807.05
NPT 2 1/2”
A.2817.05
PSF-8/A4
56-60
3”
M80
A.2828.04
UNI 6125 3”
A.2808.04
NPT 3”
A.2818.04
PSF-8/A5
59-63
3”
M80
A.2828.05
UNI 6125 3”
A.2808.05
NPT 3”
A.2818.05
PSF-8/A6
63-67
3”
PSF-8/A7
67-71
3”
On request
M80
A.2828.06
UNI 6125 3”
A.2808.06
NPT 3”
A.2818.06
M80
A.2828.07
UNI 6125 3”
A.2808.07
NPT 3”
A.2818.07
Dimensions
193
Cable Glands and Accessories
PSM
Single seal through “male-male” cable glands for unaroumred cable,
suitable for reversable assembling side by side of 2 enclosures: Ex d/Ex d
or Ex d/Ex e by adding a rigid or Àexible tube to the cable gland. Made of
Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM
gaskets.
PSM-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
Certification
& Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PSM-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PSM-1-A1/316
Accessories
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PSM-1-A1/Al
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Note
Free nipple is always UNI 6125 threaded
194
Cable Glands and Accessories
PSM
Type
PSM-1/A1
Cable
Free
overall
nipple
diameter threading
6-9
½”
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
B
C
D
E
90
70
20
33
30
Size
M20
Code
UNI 6125
Size
UNI 6125 ½”
Code
A.2901.01
NPT
Size
NPT ½”
Code
A.2911.01
PSM-1/A2
9-12
½”
90
70
20
33
30
M20
UNI 6125 ½”
A.2901.02
NPT ½”
A.2911.02
PSM-2/A1
6-9
¾”
90
70
20
40
36
M25
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.2902.01
NPT 3/4”
A.2912.01
PSM-2/A2
9-12
¾”
90
70
20
40
36
M25
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.2902.02
NPT 3/4”
A.2912.02
PSM-2/A3
11-14
¾”
90
70
20
40
36
M25
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.2902.03
NPT 3/4”
A.2912.03
PSM-2/A4
14-17
¾”
90
70
20
40
36
M25
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.2902.04
NPT 3/4”
A.2912.04
PSM-3/A1
14-17
1”
104 79
25
49
44
M32
UNI 6125 1”
A.2903.01
NPT 1”
A.2913.01
PSM-3/A2
PSM-3/A3
17-20
20-23
1”
1”
104 79
104 79
25
25
49
49
44
44
M32
M32
UNI 6125 1”
UNI 6125 1”
A.2903.02
A.2903.03
NPT 1”
NPT 1”
A.2913.02
A.2913.03
PSM-5/A2
23-26
1 ½”
104 79
25
65
58
M50
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.2905.02
NPT 1 1/2”
A.2915.02
PSM-5/A3
26-29
1 ½”
104 79
25
65
58
M50
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.2905.03
NPT 1 1/2”
A.2915.03
PSM-5/A4
29-32
1 ½”
104 79
25
65
58
M50
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.2905.04
NPT 1 1/2”
A.2915.04
104 79
25
65
58
M50
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.2905.05
NPT 1 1/2”
A.2915.05
M63
UNI 6125 2”
A.2906.02
NPT 2”
A.2916.02
M63
UNI 6125 2”
A.2906.03
NPT 2”
A.2916.03
M63
UNI 6125 2”
A.2906.04
NPT 2”
A.2916.04
PSM-5/A5
32-36
1 ½”
PSM-6/A2
36-39
2”
PSM-6/A3
39-42
2”
PSM-6/A4
42-46
2”
On request
PSM-7/A2
44-48
2 ½”
M75
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.2907.02
NPT 2 1/2”
A.2917.02
PSM-7/A3
48-52
2 ½”
M75
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.2907.03
NPT 2 1/2”
A.2917.03
PSM-7/A4
52-56
2 ½”
M75
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.2907.04
NPT 2 1/2”
A.2917.04
PSM-7/A5
56-60
2 ½”
M75
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.2907.05
NPT 2 1/2”
A.2917.05
PSM-8/A4
56-60
3”
M80
UNI 6125 3”
A.2908.04
NPT 3”
A.2918.04
PSM-8/A5
59-63
3”
M80
UNI 6125 3”
A.2908.05
NPT 3”
A.2918.05
PSM-8/A6
63-67
3”
M80
UNI 6125 3”
A.2908.06
NPT 3”
A.2918.06
PSM-8/A7
67-71
3”
M80
UNI 6125 3”
A.2908.07
NPT 3”
A.2918.07
On request
On request
Dimensions
195
Installation Material–Cable Glands
PSM
196
197
Cable Glands and Accessories
PBD
Double seal cable glands for lead sheath unarmoured cable. It guarantees
equipotentiality between enclosure and armour/lead sheet in the gland.
Made of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant antiage EPDM gaskets. PDB-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed
area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
Certification
& Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Surface treatment
Thread
Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PBD-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PBD-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PBD-1-A1/Al
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Accessories
198
Cable Glands and Accessories
PBD
Type
Cable
overall
diameter
Cable
overall
diameter
(2nd insulation (1st insulation)
PBD-1/A1B1
8-11
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
B
C
D
E
85
65
20
33
30
Size
M20
Code
A.5021.01
UNI 6125
Size
Uni 6125 ½”
NPT
Code
A.5001.01
NPT ½”
Size
A.5011.01
Code
NPT ½”
A.5011.02
PBD-1/A1B2
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20
A.5021.02
Uni 6125 ½”
A.5001.02
PBD-1/A2B3
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20
A.5021.03
Uni 6125 ½”
A.5001.03
NPT ½”
A.5011.03
PBD-2/A1B1
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5022.01
Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5002.01
NPT ¾”
A.5012.01
NPT ¾”
A.5012.02
PBD-2/A2B1
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5022.02
Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5002.02
PBD-2/A3B2
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5022.03
Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5002.03
NPT ¾”
A.5012.03
PBD-2/A4B3
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5022.04
Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5002.04
NPT ¾”
A.5012.04
PBD-3/A1B1
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5023.01
Uni 6125 1”
A.5003.01
NPT 1”
A.5013.01
PBD-3/A2B2
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5023.02
Uni 6125 1”
A.5003.02
NPT 1”
A.5013.02
A.5003.03
NPT 1”
A.5013.03
PBD-3/A3B3
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5023.03
Uni 6125 1”
PBD-5/A2B2
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5025.02
Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5005.02
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5015.02
PBD-5/A3B3
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5025.03
Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5005.03
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5015.03
PBD-5/A4B4
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5025.04
Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5005.04
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5015.04
PBD-5/A5B5
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5025.05
Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5005.05
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5015.05
PBD-6/A2B2
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5026.02
Uni 6125 2”
A.5006.02
NPT 2”
A.5016.02
PBD-6/A3B3
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5026.03
Uni 6125 2”
A.5006.03
NPT 2”
A.5016.03
A.5006.04
PBD-6/A4B4
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5026.04
Uni 6125 2”
PBD-7/A2B2
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5027.02
Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5007.02
NPT 2”
A.5016.04
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5017.02
PBD-7/A3B3
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5027.03
Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5007.03
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5017.03
PBD-7/A4B4
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5027.04
Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5007.04
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5017.04
PBD-7/A5B4
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5027.05
Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5007.05
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5017.05
PBD-8/A4B4
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5028.04
Uni 6125 3”
NPT 3”
A.5018.04
A.5008.04
PBD-8/A5B5
65-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5028.05
Uni 6125 3”
A.5008.05
NPT 3”
A.5018.05
PBD-8/A6B6
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5028.06
Uni 6125 3”
A.5008.06
NPT 3”
A.5018.06
PBD-8/A7B7
73-77
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5028.07
Uni 6125 3”
A.5008.07
NPT 3”
A.5018.07
Dimensions
199
Cable Glands and Accessories
PBS
Single seal cable glands for lead sheath unarmoured cable. It guarantees
equipotentiality between enclosure and armour/lead sheet in the gland.
Made of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant antiage EPDM gaskets. PBS-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed
area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Version on Request
Accessories
200
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 1241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304. Example
PBS-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316. Example
PBS-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will assume
the ending Al. Example PBS-1-A1/Al
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Cable Glands and Accessories
PBS
Cable
under
armour
Ø
External
cable
(inner seal)
F
Type
PBS-1/A1
6-9
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
Size
Code
UNI 6125
A
B
C
D
E
62
42
20
33
30 Metrico M20
A.1891.01
Size
UNI 6125 ½”
Code
A.1871.01
NPT
Size
NPT 1/2”
Code
A.1881.01
PBS-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30 Metrico M20
A.1891.02
UNI 6125 ½”
A.1871.02
NPT 1/2”
A.1881.02
PBS-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36 Metrico M25
A.1892.01
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1872.01
NPT 3/4”
A.1882.01
PBS-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36 Metrico M25
A.1892.02
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1872.02
NPT 3/4”
A.1882.02
PBS-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36 Metrico M25
A.1892.03
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1872.03
NPT 3/4”
A.1882.03
PBS-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36 Metrico M25
A.1892.04
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1872.04
NPT 3/4”
A.1882.04
PBS-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44 Metrico M32
A.1893.01
UNI 6125 1”
A.1873.01
NPT 1”
A.1883.01
PBS-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44 Metrico M32
A.1893.02
UNI 6125 1”
A.1873.02
NPT 1”
A.1883.02
A.1883.03
PBS-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44 Metrico M32
A.1893.03
UNI 6125 1”
A.1873.03
NPT 1”
PBS-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
62
56 Metrico M50
A.1895.02
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1875.02
NPT 1 1/2” A.1885.02
PBS-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
62
56 Metrico M50
A.1895.03
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1875.03
NPT 1 1/2” A.1885.03
PBS-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
62
56 Metrico M50
A.1895.04
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1875.04
NPT 1 1/2” A.1885.04
PBS-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
62
56 Metrico M50
A.1895.05
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1875.05
NPT 1 1/2” A.1885.05
PBS-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70 Metrico M63
A.1896.02
UNI 6125 2”
A.1876.02
NPT 2”
A.1886.02
PBS-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70 Metrico M63
A.1896.03
UNI 6125 2”
A.1876.03
NPT 2”
A.1886.03
A.1886.04
PBS-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70 Metrico M63
A.1896.04
UNI 6125 2”
A.1876.04
NPT 2”
PBS-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
25
78
70 Metrico M75
A.1897.02
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1877.02
NPT 2 1/2” A.1887.02
PBS-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
25
78
70 Metrico M75
A.1897.03
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1877.03
NPT 2 1/2” A.1887.03
PBS-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
25
78
70 Metrico M75
A.1897.04
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1877.04
NPT 2 1/2” A.1887.04
PBS-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
25
78
70 Metrico M75
A.1897.05
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1877.05
NPT 2 1/2” A.1887.05
PBS-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32 103
93 Metrico M80
A.1898.04
UNI 6125 3”
A.1878.04
NPT 3”
A.1888.04
PBS-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32 103
93 Metrico M80
A.1898.05
UNI 6125 3”
A.1878.05
NPT 3”
A.1888.05
PBS-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32 103
93 Metrico M80
A.1898.06
UNI 6125 3”
A.1878.06
NPT 3”
A.1888.06
PBS-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32 103
93 Metrico M80
A.1898.07
UNI 6125 3”
A.1878.07
NPT 3”
A.1888.07
Dimensions
201
Cable Glands and Accessories
PDB
Double seal cable glands for lead sheath armoured cable. It guarantees
equipotentiality between enclosure and armour/lead sheet in the gland.
Made of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant antiage EPDM gaskets. PDB-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed
area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
Certification
& Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PDB-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PDB-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PDB-1-A1/Al
Accessories
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Note
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass
made (if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)
202
Cable Glands and Accessories
PDB
Cable
under
armour
Type
Cable
overall
diameter
Ø
External
cable
(inner seal) (outer seal)
PDB-1/A1B1 6-9
8-11
F
18
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
B
C
D
E
85
65
20
33
30
THREAD TYPE
UNI 6125
Size
Size
Code
M20 A.1831.01 Uni 6125 ½”
Code
NPT
Size
A.1811.01 NPT ½”
Code
A.1821.01
PDB-1/A1B2 6-9
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.1831.02 Uni 6125 ½”
A.1811.02 NPT ½”
A.1821.02
PDB-1/A2B3 9-12
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.1831.03 Uni 6125 ½”
A.1811.03 NPT ½”
A.1821.03
PDB-2/A1B1 6-9
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1832.01 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.1812.01 NPT ¾”
A.1822.01
PDB-2/A2B1 9-12
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1832.02 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.1812.02 NPT ¾”
A.1822.02
PDB-2/A3B2 11-14
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1832.03 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.1812.03 NPT ¾”
A.1822.03
PDB-2/A4B3 14-17
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.1832.04 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.1812.04 NPT ¾”
A.1822.04
PDB-3/A1B1 14-17
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1833.01 Uni 6125 1”
A.1813.01 NPT 1”
A.1823.01
PDB-3/A2B2 17-20
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1833.02 Uni 6125 1”
A.1813.02 NPT 1”
A.1823.02
PDB-3/A3B3 20-23
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.1833.03 Uni 6125 1”
A.1813.03 NPT 1”
A.1823.03
PDB-5/A2B2 23-26
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1835.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1815.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.1825.02
PDB-5/A3B3 26-29
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1835.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1815.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.1825.03
PDB-5/A4B4 29-32
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1835.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1815.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.1825.04
PDB-5/A5B5 32-36
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.1835.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1815.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.1825.05
PDB-6/A2B2 36-39
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.1836.02 Uni 6125 2”
A.1816.02 NPT 2”
A.1826.02
PDB-6/A3B3 39-42
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.1836.03 Uni 6125 2”
A.1816.03 NPT 2”
A.1826.03
PDB-6/A4B4 42-46
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.1836.04 Uni 6125 2”
A.1816.04 NPT 2”
A.1826.04
PDB-7/A2B2 44-48
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.1837.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1817.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.1827.02
PDB-7/A3B3 48-52
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.1837.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1817.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.1827.03
PDB-7/A4B4 52-56
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.1837.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1817.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.1827.04
PDB-7/A5B4 56-60
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.1837.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1817.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.1827.05
PDB-8/A4B4 56-60
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1838.04 Uni 6125 3”
A.1818.04 NPT 3”
A.1828.04
PDB-8/A5B5 59-63
65-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1838.05 Uni 6125 3”
A.1818.05 NPT 3”
A.1828.05
PDB-8/A6B6 63-67
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1838.06 Uni 6125 3”
A.1818.06 NPT 3”
A.1828.06
PDB-8/A7B7 67-71
73-77
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.1838.07 Uni 6125 3”
A.1818.07 NPT 3”
A.1828.07
Dimensions
203
Cable Glands and Accessories
PSB
Single seal cable glands for lead sheath armoured cables. It guarantees
equipotentiality between enclosure and armour/lead sheet in the gland.
Made of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant antiage EPDM gaskets. PSB-... Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed
area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
Certification
& Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304. Example PSB-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316. Example PSB-1-A1/316
Accessories
Note
204
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PSB-1-A1/Al
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made (if not
differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)
Cable Glands and Accessories
PSB
Cable
under
armour
Ø
External
cable
(inner seal)
F
Type
PSB-1/A1
6-9
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
B
C
D
E
62
42
20
33
30
Size
M20
Code
A.5121.01
UNI 6125
Size
UNI 6125 ½”
Code
A.5101.01
NPT
Size
NPT 1/2”
Code
A.5111.01
PSB-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.5121.02
UNI 6125 ½”
A.5101.02
NPT 1/2”
A.5111.02
PSB-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5122.01
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5102.01
NPT 3/4”
A.5112.01
PSB-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5122.02
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5102.02
NPT 3/4”
A.5112.02
PSB-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5122.03
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5102.03
NPT 3/4”
A.5112.03
PSB-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5122.04
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5102.04
NPT 3/4”
A.5112.04
PSB-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5123.01
UNI 6125 1”
A.5103.01
NPT 1”
A.5113.01
PSB-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5123.02
UNI 6125 1”
A.5103.02
NPT 1”
A.5113.02
A.5103.03
PSB-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5123.03
UNI 6125 1”
PSB-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
49
44
M50
A.5125.02
UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5105.02
NPT 1”
A.5113.03
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5115.02
PSB-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
49
44
M50
A.5125.03
UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5105.03
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5115.03
PSB-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
49
44
M50
A.5125.04
UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5105.04
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5115.04
PSB-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
49
44
M50
A.5125.05
UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5105.05
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5115.05
PSB-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5126.02
UNI 6125 2”
NPT 2”
A.5116.02
A.5106.02
PSB-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5126.03
UNI 6125 2”
A.5106.03
NPT 2”
A.5116.03
PSB-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5126.04
UNI 6125 2”
A.5106.04
NPT 2”
A.5116.04
PSB-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.5127.02
UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5107.02
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5117.02
PSB-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.5127.03
UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5107.03
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5117.03
PSB-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.5127.04
UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5107.04
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5117.04
PSB-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.5127.05
UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5107.05
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5117.05
PSB-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.5128.04
UNI 6125 3”
A.5108.04
NPT 3”
A.5118.04
PSB-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.5128.05
UNI 6125 3”
A.5108.05
NPT 3”
A.5118.05
PSB-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.5128.06
UNI 6125 3”
A.5108.06
NPT 3”
A.5118.06
PSB-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32 103
93
M80
A.5128.07
UNI 6125 3”
A.5108.07
NPT 3”
A.5118.07
Dimensions
205
Cable Glands and Accessories
PBAX
Single seal barrier cable glands, suitable for armoured cables. Made
of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age
EPDM gaskets. PBAX is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in
a separate kit. PBAX-... Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area
Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Gaskets
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Thread
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on
Request
Accessories
Note
206
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304. Example PBAX-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316. Example PBAX-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PBAX-1-A1/Al
Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to 35 cable glands “barrier
type” size 1 to 3.
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made (if not
differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)
Cable Glands and Accessories
PBAX
Cable
under
armour
Ø
External
cable
(inner seal)
F
A
B
C
D
E
Size
Code
PBAX-1/A1
6-9
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.5321.01
UNI 6125 ½”
A.5301.01
NPT 1/2”
A.5311.01
PBAX-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.5321.02
UNI 6125 ½”
A.5301.02
NPT 1/2”
A.5311.02
Type
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
UNI 6125
Size
NPT
Code
Size
Code
PBAX-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5322.01
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5302.01
NPT 3/4”
A.5312.01
PBAX-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5322.02
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5302.02
NPT 3/4”
A.5312.02
PBAX-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5322.03
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5302.03
NPT 3/4”
A.5312.03
PBAX-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5322.04
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5302.04
NPT 3/4”
A.5312.04
PBAX-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5323.01
UNI 6125 1”
A.5303.01
NPT 1”
A.5313.01
PBAX-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5323.02
UNI 6125 1”
A.5303.02
NPT 1”
A.5313.02
PBAX-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5323.03
UNI 6125 1”
A.5303.03
NPT 1”
A.5313.03
PBAX-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5325.02
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.5305.02
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5315.02
PBAX-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5325.03
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.5305.03
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5315.03
PBAX-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5325.04
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.5305.04
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5315.04
PBAX-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5325.05
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.5305.05
NPT 1 1/2”
A.5315.05
PBAX-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5326.02
UNI 6125 2”
A.5306.02
NPT 2”
A.5316.02
PBAX-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5326.03
UNI 6125 2”
A.5306.03
NPT 2”
A.5316.03
PBAX-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5326.04
UNI 6125 2”
A.5306.04
NPT 2”
A.5316.04
PBAX-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5327.02
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.5307.02
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5317.02
PBAX-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5327.03
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.5307.03
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5317.03
PBAX-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5327.04
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.5307.04
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5317.04
PBAX-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5327.05
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.5307.05
NPT 2 1/2”
A.5317.05
PBAX-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5328.04
UNI 6125 3”
A.5308.04
NPT 3”
A.5318.04
PBAX-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5328.05
UNI 6125 3”
A.5308.05
NPT 3”
A.5318.05
PBAX-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5328.06
UNI 6125 3”
A.5308.06
NPT 3”
A.5318.06
PBAX-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5328.07
UNI 6125 3”
A.5308.07
NPT 3”
A.5318.07
Dimensions
207
Cable Glands and Accessories
PND
Double seal cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables. Made
of Nickelchrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant
anti-age EPDM gaskets. PND-... Series cable glands are used in
classi¿ed area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex-code
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Gaskets
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
Thread
UNI 6125
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PND-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Version on Request
Example PND-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
the type number will assume the ending Al. Example PND-1-A1/Al
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Accessories
208
Cable Glands and Accessories
PND
Cable
overall
diameter
Type
(2nd insulation)
PND-1/A1B1 6-9
Ø
Cable
External
overall
cable
diameter
(1st insulation)
F
8-11
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
B
C
D
E
85
65
20
33
30
UNI 6125
Size
Code
Size
M20 A.5221.01 Uni 6125 ½”
Code
A.5201.01
NPT
Size
NPT ½”
Code
A.5211.01
PND-1/A1B2 6-9
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20
A.5221.02 Uni 6125 ½”
A.5201.02
NPT ½”
A.5211.02
PND-1/A2B3 9-12
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20
A.5221.03 Uni 6125 ½”
A.5201.03
NPT ½”
A.5211.03
PND-2/A1B1 6-9
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5222.01 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5202.01
NPT ¾”
A.5212.01
PND-2/A2B1 9-12
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5222.02 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5202.02
NPT ¾”
A.5212.02
PND-2/A3B2 11-14
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5222.03 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5202.03
NPT ¾”
A.5212.03
PND-2/A4B3 14-17
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25
A.5222.04 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5202.04
NPT ¾”
A.5212.04
PND-3/A1B1 14-17
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5223.01 Uni 6125 1”
A.5203.01
NPT 1”
A.5213.01
PND-3/A2B2 17-20
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5223.02 Uni 6125 1”
A.5203.02
NPT 1”
A.5213.02
PND-3/A3B3 20-23
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32
A.5223.03 Uni 6125 1”
A.5203.03
NPT 1”
A.5213.03
PND-5/A2B2 23-26
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5225.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5205.02
NPT 1 1/2” A.5215.02
PND-5/A3B3 26-29
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5225.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5205.03
NPT 1 1/2” A.5215.03
PND-5/A4B4 29-32
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5225.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5205.04
NPT 1 1/2” A.5215.04
NPT 1 1/2” A.5215.05
PND-5/A5B5 32-36
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50
A.5225.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5205.05
PND-6/A2B2 36-39
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5226.02 Uni 6125 2”
A.5206.02
NPT 2”
A.5216.02
PND-6/A3B3 39-42
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5226.03 Uni 6125 2”
A.5206.03
NPT 2”
A.5216.03
PND-6/A4B4 42-46
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63
A.5226.04 Uni 6125 2”
A.5206.04
NPT 2”
A.5216.04
PND-7/A2B2 44-48
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5227.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5207.02
NPT 2 1/2” A.5217.02
PND-7/A3B3 48-52
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5227.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5207.03
NPT 2 1/2” A.5217.03
PND-7/A4B4 52-56
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5227.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5207.04
NPT 2 1/2” A.5217.04
PND-7/A5B4 56-60
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75
A.5227.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5207.05
NPT 2 1/2” A.5217.05
PND-8/A4B4 56-60
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5228.04 Uni 6125 3”
A.5208.04
NPT 3”
A.5218.04
PND-8/A5B5 59-63
65-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5228.05 Uni 6125 3”
A.5208.05
NPT 3”
A.5218.05
PND-8/A6B6 63-67
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5228.06 Uni 6125 3”
A.5208.06
NPT 3”
A.5218.06
PND-8/A7B7 67-71
73-77
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80
A.5228.07 Uni 6125 3”
A.5208.07
NPT 3”
A.5218.07
Dimensions
209
Cable Glands and Accessories
PNS
Single seal cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables. Made of Nickelchrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM gaskets. PNS-... Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed Area Zone 1 & 2
and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Gaskets
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Thread
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PNS-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PNS-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PNS-1-A1/Al
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Accessories
210
Cable Glands and Accessories
PNS
Type
PNS-1/A1
Ø
Cable
External
overall
cable
diameter
(outer seal)
F
A
B
C
D
E
Size
6-9
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.1701.21
UNI 6125 ½”
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
Code
UNI 6125
Size
NPT
Code
A.1701.01
Size
Code
NPT 1/2”
A.1701.51
PNS-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.1701.22
UNI 6125 ½”
A.1701.02
NPT 1/2”
A.1701.52
PNS-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1702.21
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1702.01
NPT 3/4”
A.1702.51
PNS-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1702.22
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1702.02
NPT 3/4”
A.1702.52
PNS-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1702.23
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1702.03
NPT 3/4”
A.1702.53
PNS-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.1702.24
UNI 6125 3/4”
A.1702.04
NPT 3/4”
A.1702.54
PNS-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1703.21
UNI 6125 1”
A.1703.01
NPT 1”
A.1703.51
PNS-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1703.22
UNI 6125 1”
A.1703.02
NPT 1”
A.1703.52
PNS-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.1703.23
UNI 6125 1”
A.1703.03
NPT 1”
A.1703.53
PNS-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1705.22
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1705.02
NPT 1 1/2”
A.1705.52
PNS-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1705.23
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1705.03
NPT 1 1/2”
A.1705.53
PNS-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1705.24
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1705.04
NPT 1 1/2”
A.1705.54
PNS-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.1705.25
UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.1705.05
NPT 1 1/2”
A.1705.55
PNS-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1706.22
UNI 6125 2”
A.1706.02
NPT 2”
A.1706.52
PNS-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1706.23
UNI 6125 2”
A.1706.03
NPT 2”
A.1706.53
PNS-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.1706.24
UNI 6125 2”
A.1706.04
NPT 2”
A.1706.54
PNS-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1707.22
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1707.02
NPT 2 1/2”
A.1707.52
PNS-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1707.23
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1707.03
NPT 2 1/2”
A.1707.53
PNS-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1707.24
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1707.04
NPT 2 1/2”
A.1707.54
PNS-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
32
92
83
M75
A.1707.25
UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.1707.05
NPT 2 1/2”
A.1707.55
PNS-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.1708.24
UNI 6125 3”
A.1708.04
NPT 3”
A.1708.54
PNS-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.1708.25
UNI 6125 3”
A.1708.05
NPT 3”
A.1708.55
PNS-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.1708.26
UNI 6125 3”
A.1708.06
NPT 3”
A.1708.56
PNS-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.1708.27
UNI 6125 3”
A.1708.07
NPT 3”
A.1708.57
Dimensions
211
Cable Glands and Accessories
PABAX
Double seal barrier cable glands, suitable for armoured cables. Made of
Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM
gaskets. PABAX is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in a
separate kit. PABAX-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area
Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PABAX-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PABAX-1-A1/316
Accessories
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
type number will assume the ending Al. Example PABAX-1-A1/Al
Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to
35 cable glands “barrier type” size 1 to 3.
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Note
212
All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome
plated brass made (if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)
Cable Glands and Accessories
PABAX
Type
Cable
under
armour
Cable
overall
diameter
Ø
External
cable
(inner seal) (outer seal)
PABAX-1/A1B1 6-9
8-11
F
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
Size
Code
UNI 6125
Size
NPT
A
B
C
D
E
Code
Size
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.5521.01 Uni 6125 ½”
A.5501.01 NPT ½”
A.5511.01
Code
A.5511.02
PABAX-1/A1B2 6-9
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.5521.02 Uni 6125 ½”
A.5501.02 NPT ½”
PABAX-1/A2B3 9-12
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
M20 A.5521.03 Uni 6125 ½”
A.5501.03 NPT ½”
A.5511.03
PABAX-2/A1B1 6-9
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.5522.01 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5502.01 NPT ¾”
A.5512.01
PABAX-2/A2B1 9-12
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.5522.02 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5502.02 NPT ¾”
A.5512.02
PABAX-2/A3B2 11-14
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.5522.03 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5502.03 NPT ¾”
A.5512.03
PABAX-2/A4B3 14-17
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
M25 A.5522.04 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5502.04 NPT ¾”
A.5512.04
PABAX-3/A1B1 14-17
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.5523.01 Uni 6125 1”
A.5503.01 NPT 1”
A.5513.01
PABAX-3/A2B2 17-20
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.5523.02 Uni 6125 1”
A.5503.02 NPT 1”
A.5513.02
PABAX-3/A3B3 20-23
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
M32 A.5523.03 Uni 6125 1”
A.5503.03 NPT 1”
A.5513.03
PABAX-5/A2B2 23-26
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.5525.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2”
A.5505.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.5515.02
PABAX-5/A3B3 26-29
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.5525.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2”
A.5505.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.5515.03
PABAX-5/A4B4 29-32
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.5525.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2”
A.5505.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.5515.04
PABAX-5/A5B5 32-36
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
M50 A.5525.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2”
A.5505.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.5515.05
PABAX-6/A2B2 36-39
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.5526.02 Uni 6125 2”
A.5506.02 NPT 2”
A.5516.02
PABAX-6/A3B3 39-42
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.5526.03 Uni 6125 2”
A.5506.03 NPT 2”
A.5516.03
PABAX-6/A4B4 42-46
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
M63 A.5526.04 Uni 6125 2”
A.5506.04 NPT 2”
A.5516.04
PABAX-7/A2B2 44-48
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.5527.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2”
A.5507.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.5517.02
PABAX-7/A3B3 48-52
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.5527.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2”
A.5507.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.5517.03
PABAX-7/A4B4 52-56
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.5527.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2”
A.5507.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.5517.04
PABAX-7/A5B4 56-60
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
M75 A.5527.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2”
A.5507.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.5517.05
PABAX-8/A4B4 56-60
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.5528.04 Uni 6125 3”
A.5508.04 NPT 3”
A.5518.04
PABAX-8/A5B5 59-63
65-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.5528.05 Uni 6125 3”
A.5508.05 NPT 3”
A.5518.05
PABAX-8/A6B6 63-67
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.5528.06 Uni 6125 3”
A.5508.06 NPT 3”
A.5518.06
PABAX-8/A7B7 67-71
73-77
79
100 71
32
103 93
M80 A.5528.07 Uni 6125 3”
A.5508.07 NPT 3”
A.5518.07
Dimensions
213
Cable Glands and Accessories
PMS
Single seal barrier cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables. Made of
Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM
gaskets. PMS-… is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in a
separate kit. PMS-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area
Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PMS-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PMS-1-A1/316
Accessories
214
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
type number will assume the ending Al. Example PMS-1-A1/Al
Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to 35 cable glands
“barrier type” size 1 to 3. Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
Cable Glands and Accessories
PMS
Type
Cable
overall
diameter
Ø
External
cable
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
THREAD TYPE
UNI 6125
A
B
C
D
E
PMS-1/A1
6-9
18
62
42
20
33
30
Size
M20
Size
Code
A.5421.01 UNI 6125 ½”
A.5401.01
NPT 6125 ½”
A.5411.01
PMS-1/A2
9-12
18
62
42
20
33
30
M20
A.5421.02 UNI 6125 ½”
A.5401.02
NPT 6125 ½”
A.5411.02
PMS-2/A1
6-9
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5422.01 UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5402.01
NPT 6125 3/4”
A.5412.01
(outer seal)
F
Code
NPT
Thread type
Code
PMS-2/A2
9-12
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5422.02 UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5402.02
NPT 6125 3/4”
A.5412.02
PMS-2/A3
11-14
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5422.03 UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5402.03
NPT 6125 3/4”
A.5412.03
PMS-2/A4
14-17
24
62
42
20
40
36
M25
A.5422.04 UNI 6125 3/4”
A.5402.04
NPT 6125 3/4”
A.5412.04
PMS-3/A1
14-17
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5423.01 UNI 6125 1”
A.5403.01
NPT 6125 1”
A.5413.01
PMS-3/A2
17-20
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5423.02 UNI 6125 1”
A.5403.02
NPT 6125 1”
A.5413.02
PMS-3/A3
20-23
30
70
45
25
49
44
M32
A.5423.03 UNI 6125 1”
A.5403.03
NPT 6125 1”
A.5413.03
PMS-5/A2
23-26
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5425.02 UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.5405.02
NPT 6125 1 ½”
A.5415.02
PMS-5/A3
26-29
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5425.03 UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.5405.03
NPT 6125 1 ½”
A.5415.03
NPT 6125 1 ½”
A.5415.04
PMS-5/A4
29-32
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5425.04 UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.5405.04
PMS-5/A5
32-36
43
70
45
25
62
56
M50
A.5425.05 UNI 6125 1 1/2”
A.5405.05
NPT 6125 1 ½”
A.5415.05
PMS-6/A2
36-39
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5426.02 UNI 6125 2”
A.5406.02
NPT 6125 2”
A.5416.02
PMS-6/A3
39-42
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5426.03 UNI 6125 2”
A.5406.03
NPT 6125 2”
A.5416.03
PMS-6/A4
42-46
57
72
46
25
78
70
M63
A.5426.04 UNI 6125 2”
A.5406.04
NPT 6125 2”
A.5416.04
PMS-7/A2
44-48
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5427.02 UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.5407.02
NPT 6125 2 ½”
A.5417.02
PMS-7/A3
48-52
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5427.03 UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.5407.03
NPT 6125 2 ½”
A.5417.03
PMS-7/A4
52-56
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5427.04 UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.5407.04
NPT 6125 2 ½”
A.5417.04
PMS-7/A5
56-60
69
78
46
25
78
70
M75
A.5427.05 UNI 6125 2 1/2”
A.5407.05
NPT 6125 2 ½”
A.5417.05
PMS-8/A4
56-60
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5428.04 UNI 6125 3”
A.5408.04
NPT 6125 3”
A.5418.04
PMS-8/A5
59-63
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5428.05 UNI 6125 3”
A.5408.05
NPT 6125 3”
A.5418.05
PMS-8/A6
63-67
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5428.06 UNI 6125 3”
A.5408.06
NPT 6125 3”
A.5418.06
PMS-8/A7
67-71
79
78
46
32
103
93
M80
A.5428.07 UNI 6125 3”
A.5408.07
NPT 6125 3”
A.5418.07
Dimensions
215
Cable Glands and Accessories
PMD
Double seal barrier cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables. Made
of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age
EPDM gaskets. PMD-… is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in
a separate kit. PMD-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area
Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Gaskets
Surface treatment
Thread
Brass
IP66
-50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
EPDM
Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304. Example PMD1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316. Example PMD1-A1/316
Accessories
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PMD-1-A1/Al
Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to 35 cable glands
“barrier type” size 1 to 3.
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection
216
Cable Glands and Accessories
PMD
Cable
overall
diameter
Type
Cable
overall
diameter
Ø
External
cable
(2nd insulation) (1st insulation)
PMD-1/A1B1 6-9
8-11
F
18
THREAD TYPE
Maximum o.d.
Metric Pitch
A
B
C
D
E
85
65
20
33
30
PMD-1/A1B2 6-9
11-14
18
85
65
20
33
30
PMD-1/A2B3 9-12
14-17
18
85
65
20
33
30
PMD-2/A1B1 6-9
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
PMD-2/A2B1 9-12
14-17
24
85
65
20
33
36
PMD-2/A3B2 11-14
17-20
24
85
65
20
33
36
PMD-2/A4B3 14-17
20-23
24
85
65
20
33
36
PMD-3/A1B1 14-17
20-23
30
93
68
25
49
44
PMD-3/A2B2 17-20
23-26
30
93
68
25
49
44
PMD-3/A3B3 20-23
26-29
30
93
68
25
49
44
PMD-5/A2B2 23-26
29-32
43
93
68
25
62
56
PMD-5/A3B3 26-29
32-36
43
93
68
25
62
56
PMD-5/A4B4 29-32
36-39
43
93
68
25
62
56
PMD-5/A5B5 32-36
39-42
43
93
68
25
62
56
PMD-6/A2B2 36-39
44-48
57
95
71
25
78
70
PMD-6/A3B3 39-42
48-52
57
95
71
25
78
70
PMD-6/A4B4 42-46
52-56
57
95
71
25
78
70
PMD-7/A2B2 44-48
55-59
69
100 71
32
92
83
PMD-7/A3B3 48-52
59-63
69
100 71
32
92
83
PMD-7/A4B4 52-56
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
PMD-7/A5B4 56-60
63-67
69
100 71
32
92
83
PMD-8/A4B4 56-60
63-67
79
100 71
32
103 93
PMD-8/A5B5 59-63
65-69
79
100 71
32
103 93
PMD-8/A6B6 63-67
69-73
79
100 71
32
103 93
PMD-8/A7B7 67-71
73-77
79
100 71
32
103 93
NPT
UNI 6125
Code
Size
Code
Size
Code
Size
M20 A.5621.01 Uni 6125 ½”
M20 A.5621.02 Uni 6125 ½”
A.5601.01 NPT ½”
A.5601.02 NPT ½”
M20 A.5621.03 Uni 6125 ½”
M25 A.5622.01 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5601.03 NPT ½”
A.5602.01 NPT ¾”
A.5612.01
M25 A.5622.02 Uni 6125 ¾”
M25 A.5622.03 Uni 6125 ¾”
A.5602.02 NPT ¾”
A.5602.03 NPT ¾”
A.5612.03
M25 A.5622.04 Uni 6125 ¾”
M32 A.5623.01 Uni 6125 1”
M32 A.5623.02 Uni 6125 1”
A.5602.04 NPT ¾”
A.5603.01 NPT 1”
A.5603.02 NPT 1”
A.5611.01
A.5611.02
A.5611.03
A.5612.02
A.5612.04
A.5613.01
A.5613.02
M32 A.5623.03 Uni 6125 1”
A.5613.03
A.5603.03 NPT 1”
M50 A.5625.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5605.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.5615.02
M50 A.5625.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5605.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.5615.03
M50 A.5625.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5605.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.5615.04
M50 A.5625.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5605.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.5615.05
M63 A.5626.02 Uni 6125 2”
A.5616.02
A.5606.02 NPT 2”
M63 A.5626.03 Uni 6125 2”
M63 A.5626.04 Uni 6125 2”
A.5606.03 NPT 2”
A.5606.04 NPT 2”
A.5616.03
A.5616.04
M75 A.5627.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5607.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.5617.02
M75 A.5627.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5607.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.5617.03
M75 A.5627.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5607.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.5617.04
M75 A.5627.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5607.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.5617.05
M80 A.5628.04 Uni 6125 3”
A.5618.04
A.5608.04 NPT 3”
M80 A.5628.05 Uni 6125 3”
A.5618.05
A.5608.05 NPT 3”
M80 A.5628.06 Uni 6125 3”
M80 A.5628.07 Uni 6125 3”
A.5608.06 NPT 3”
A.5608.07 NPT 3”
A.5618.06
A.5618.07
Dimensions
217
218
Cable Glands and Accessories
Fitting Accessories
Reducers provide a means of connection between equipment
with dissimilar thread sizes.
RE... Series Reducers: Larger External Male Thread/Smaller
Inner Female Thread
All the Reducers are designed for Explosion Proof Ex d mode of
protection and fr increased safety Ex e mode of protection.
Different types and sizes are indicated on the “Reducers
Selection Table”
Specifications
Material
Thread
Galvanised steel
RE... Series:
Larger External Male Thread NPT/Smaller Inner Female Thread NPT
Larger External Male Thread UNI 6125/Smaller Inner Female Thread UNI 6125
Version on Request
Alternative materials are:
- Brass nickel chrome-plating ¿nishing
- Stainless Steel
- Aluminium (Mg. ” 6%). Not suitable for Group I
Note
The Marking is directly realized on the reducers with
mechanically incision inscriptions
Selection Table
Code UNI 6125
Code NPT
Type
Size
Weight (kg)
50.1
50.61
RE 21
3/4” X 1/2”
0,04
50.2
50.62
RE 31
1” X 1/2”
0,08
50.3
50.63
RE 32
1” X 3/4”
0,08
50.7
50.67
RE 51
1 ½” X 1/2”
0,27
50.8
50.68
RE 52
1 ½” X 3/4”
0,27
50.9
50.69
RE 53
1 ½” X 1”
0,27
50.12
50.72
RE 62
2” X 3/4”
0,48
50.13
50.73
RE 63
2” X 1”
0,48
50.15
50.75
RE 65
2” X 1 ½”
0,48
RE 72
2 ½” X 3/4”
0,80
RE 73
2 ½” X 1”
0,80
50.17
50.18
50.78
50.20
50.80
RE 75
2 ½” X 1 ½”
0,80
50.21
50.81
RE 76
2 ½” X 2”
0,80
RE 82
3” X 3/4”
1,00
50.24
50.84
RE 83
3” X 1”
1,00
50.26
50.86
RE 85
3” X 1 ½”
1,00
50.27
50.87
RE 86
3” X 2”
1,00
50.28
50.88
RE 87
3” X 2 ½”
1,00
50.23
Reducers ordering examples: E.g. Type RE31 = Male Thread 1” / Famale Thread ½”
219
Cable Glands and Accessories
Fitting Accessories
Adaptors provide a means of connection between equipment with
dissimilar thread sizes.
REB... Series Adaptors: Larger Female Thread/Smaller Male Thread
All the adaptors are designed for explosion Proof Ex d mode of
protection and for increased safety Ex e mode of protection.
Different Types and sizes are indicated on the “Adaptors Selection Table”
Specifications
Material
Thread
Galvanised steel
REB... Series:
Smaller External Male Thread NPT/Larger Inner Female Thread NPT
Smaller External Male Thread UNI 6125/Larger Inner Female Thread UNI 6125
Version on Request
Alternative materials are:
- Brass nickel chrome-plating ¿nishing
- Stainless Steel
- Aluminium (Mg. ” 6%). Not suitable for Group I
Note
The Marking is directly realized on the reducers with
mechanically incision inscriptions
Selection Table
Code Uni 6125
Code NPT
Type
Size
Weight (kg)
51.1
51.71
REB 21
3/4” X 1/2”
0,12
51.2
51.40
REB 31
1” X 1/2”
0,15
51.3
51.73
REB 32
1” X 3/4”
0,15
51.8
51.78
REB 52
1 ½” X ¾”
0,27
51.9
51.79
REB 53
1 ½” X 1”
0,27
51.13
51.41
REB 63
2” X 1”
0,35
51.15
51.42
REB 65
2” X 1 ½”
0,35
51.18
51.43
REB 73
2 ½” X 1”
0,60
51.20
51.80
REB 75
2 ½” X 1 ½”
0,60
51.21
51.81
REB 76
2 ½” X 2”
0,60
51.24
51.84
REB 83
3” X 1”
0,70
51.26
51.86
REB 85
3” X 1 ½”
0,70
51.27
51.87
REB 86
3” X 2”
0,70
51.28
51.88
REB 87
3” X 2 ½”
0,70
Adaptors ordering example: E.g. REB31 = Female Thread 1” / Male Thread 1/2”
220
Cable Glands and Accessories
Fitting Accessories
Male Taper NPT / Female Taper UNI 6125 threads Adaptors provide a
connection between equipment with dissimilar thread sizes and type. All
the adaptors are Ex d and Ex e certi¿ed. Different types and sizes are
indicated in the “Adaptor Selection Table”.
All the adaptors are designed for explosion Proof Ex d mode of
protection and for increased safety Ex e mode of protection.
Different Types and sizes are indicated on the “Reducers Selection Table”
Specifications
Material
Brass nickel chrome-plating ¿nishing
Version on Request
Alternative materials are:
- Stainless Steel
- Aluminium (Mg. ” 6%). Not suitable for Group I
- Galvanized mild Steel
Note
The Marking is directly realized on the adaptors with
mechanically incision inscriptions
Selection Tables
Cylindrical Male PG / Conic Female UNI-6125 or NPT thread
CODE UNI 6125
51.52
51.50
51.53
51.51
51.54
51.55
51.56
51.57
CODE NPT
52.60
52.61
52.62
52.63
52.64
52.65
52.66
52.67
TYPE
REB 16/1
REB 16/2
REB 21/2
REB 21/3
REB 29/3
REB 36/5
REB 42/6
REB 48/6
SIZE
½” X PG 16
¾” X PG 16
¾” X PG 21
1” X PG 21
1” X PG 29
1 ½” X PG 36
2” X PG 42
2” X PG 48
WEIGHT (Kg)
0,12
0,15
0,27
0,27
0,30
0,35
0,60
0,70
Cylindrical Male Metric Pitch (1,5) / Conic Female UNI-6125
CODE UNI 6125
51.61
51.62
51.63
51.64
51.65
51.66
Type
REB m16/1
REB m20/1
REB m20/2
REB m25/2
REB m25/3
REB m32/3
TYPE
M 16 X 1/2”
M 20 X 1/2”
M 20 X 3/4”
M 25 X 3/4”
M 25 X 1”
M 32 X 1”
WEIGHT (kg)
0,12
0,15
0,27
0,27
0,30
0,35
221
Cable Glands and Accessories
Fitting Accessories
Stopping Plugs provide a means to close unused entries and maintain the
integrity of the equipment. The Stopping Plugs are Ex d and Ex e certi¿ed.
Different Types and sizes are indicated in the “Plugs Selection Tables”.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Brass /Stainless Steel
IP67
-50°C to 130°C
Certification
& Approvals
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS
04ATEX9006U
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00507
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
Ex-code
Thread
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I IP67
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Version on Request Alternative materials are:
Brass nickel chrome-plating ¿nishing
Galvanized Mild Steel
Stainless Steel
Aluminium (Mg. ” 6%). Not suitable for Group I
Note
222
The Marking is directly realized on the Plugs with
mechanically incision inscriptions
Code-Brass Nickelchrome
G121100
G121200
G121300
G121500
G121600
G121700
G121800
Code-Stainless Steel
G141100
G141200
G141300
G141500
G141600
G141700
G141800
Type
T1
T2
T3
T5
T6
T7
T8
Code-Brass
Nickechrome
G123100
G123200
G123300
G123500
G123600
G123700
G123800
Code-Stainless Steel
G143100
G143200
G143300
G143500
G143600
G143700
G143800
Type
T1N
T2N
T3N
T5N
T6N
T7N
T8N
Code-Brass Nickelchrome
G122100
G122200
G122300
G122400
G122500
G122600
G122700
Code-Stainless Steel
G142100
G142200
G142300
G142400
G142500
G142600
G142700
Type
T20
T25
T32
T40
T50
T63
T75
UNI 6125 Threaded
½”
¾”
3 1”
1 ½”
2
2 ½”
3”
NPTThreaded
½” NPT
¾” NPT
1” NPT
1 ½” NPT
2” NPT
2 ½” NPT
3” NPT
Metric Threaded
M20
M25
M32
M40
M50
M63
M75
Cable Glands and Accessories
Fitting Accessories
Locknuts - DL
Gaskets - GK
Locknuts DL Series
made of Nickel-chrome
plated brass, suitable
for connection with ¿ttings and cable glands,
with tightness gasket.
Tightness Gasket GK Series,
suitable for connection
with ¿ttings and cable glands.
Code
1500.10
1500.11
1500.12
1500.13
1500.14
1500.15
1500.16
Type
DL 20
DL 25
DL 32
DL 40
DL 50
DL 63
DL 75
Size
M20
M25
M32
M40
M50
M63
M75
Code
P.2201.14
P.2201.51
P.8650.13
P.8650.14
P.8650.15
P.8650.16
P.8650.17
P.8620.12
P.8620.13
P.8620.14
P.8620.16
P.8620.17
P.8620.18
P.8620.19
Type
GK 20
GK 25
GK 32
GK 40
GK 50
GK 63
GK 75
GK 1
GK 2
GK 3
GK 5
GK 6
GK 7
GK 8
Size
M20
M25
M32
M40
M50
M63
M75
½” NPT – UNI 6125
¾” NPT - UNI 6125
1” NPT - UNI 6125
1 ½” NPT - UNI 6125
2” NPT - UNI 6125
2 ½” NPT - UNI 6125
3” NPT - UNI 6125
Rubber Shroud - PGA
Black Rubber Shroud PGA for cable glands protection.
Code
2.0001.01
2.0001.02
2.0001.03
2.0001.05
2.0001.06
2.0001.07
2.0001.08
Type
PGA 1
PGA 2
PGA 3
PGA 5
PGA 6
PGA 7
PGA 8
Size
M20 / ½” UNI6125 / NPT
M25 / ¾” UNI6125 / NPT
M32 / 1” UNI6125 / NPT
M50 / 1 ½” UNI6125 / NPT
M63 / 2” UNI6125 / NPT
M75 / 2 ½” UNI6125 / NPT
M80 / 3” UNI6125 / NPT
Sealing Compound for Barrier Cable Glands
For a correct application of the quick-drying two-components “Resin-Araldite” compound in barrier cable glands, use of our special mixer-gun is strongly recommended. Manual mixer-gun grants a perfect dosage of the two-component compound.
One 200 ml. cartridge can seal between 30 to 35 barrier cable gland size 1 to 3.
Code
299.10
299.15
299.20
Type
2012 / PT
2012 /1
2012/6
Notes
Manual mixer gun for two components cartridges 200 ml., 2012/1 type.
Single 200 ml. cartridge with mixer spout
Standard carton with 6x200 ml. cartridges completed with mixer spout
223
224
Plugs and Sockets
FSX
Socket outlet & Welding Receptacles, Ex ed, GRP
FSAL
Socket outlet & Welding Receptacles, Ex ed, AISI 316L
FSR
Socket outlet & Welding Receptacles, Ex ed, Copper free Aluminium
FPR
Plugs, Ex ed, GRP
Explosionproof Connector
Starline Explosion Proof Connector, Ex d/de, Hard anodic coating
226
228
230
232
235
225
Plugs and Sockets
FSX
FSX Stainless Steel AISI 316 housing and Glass ¿bre Reinforced Polyester block contact socket outlets & welding receptacles. The design of
the block contact that turns on suitable hinges, allows an easy wiring and
maintenance. When open, all space corresponding to surface O.D. of
apparatus is available for wiring. Also, by the twin terminal for each polarity, provided it is possible the loop of power cable, the costs for one extra
junction box, two cable glands and man power may be saved for wiring
in between junction box and socket outlet. The cross section of looping
terminal strip allows the use of cable size over the socket full load.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Stainless Steel AISI 316L Housing
IP65 / IP66 (see attached table)
-40°C to 60°C (see attached table)
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 06ATEX0015
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 21, Zone 2 / Zone 22
POR 303/F/GR/CIG
Lid / Door gasket
Quantity for entries Nr. 1 double seal EEx-e stainless steel AISI 316 cable gland
Nr. 1 EEx-e stainless steel AISI 316 blank plug
Note
Dimensions
226
Detailed description of DXN contact system is available in following chapter concerning FPR plugs.
Rated voltage identification by colour code as per IEC/EN 60-309-1
Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable positions to avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a non
compatible voltage.
Plugs and Sockets
FSX
ITEM
CODE
ITEM TYPE
FSX-2-20-24-50
A.4300.26
FSX-3-20-110-50
A.4300.27
FSX-3-20-230-50
A.4300.28
FSX-4-20-400-50
A.4300.29
FSX-5-20-400-50
A.4300.30
COLOR
CODE
VOLTAGE
[V]
24
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENTS
CURRENT
[A]
CON-NECTION
TERMINALS
CROSS
SECTION
FLEXIBLE
CORES
(RIGID
CORES)
[mmq]
Earth Pin FQ
Position [Hz]
ENTRIES
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
(AxBxC) [mm]
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
2P
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25 217X200X257 192X1 -9
110-130
1P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25 217X200X257 192X1 -9
220-250
1P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25 217X200X257 192X1 -9
380-440
3P+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25 280X270X257 255X177 -9
380-440
3P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25 280X270X257 255X177 -9
FSX-2-32-24-50
A.4300.31
24
2P
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32 280X270X268 255X177 -9
FSX-3-32-110-50
A.4300.32
110-130
1P+N+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32 280X270X268 255X177 -9
FSX-3-32-230-50
A.4300.33
220-250
1P+N+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32 280X270X268 255X177 -9
FSX-4-32-400-50
A.4300.34
380-440
3P+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32 350X350X268 325X257 -9
FSX-5-32-400-50
A.4300.35
380-440
3P+N+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32 350X350X268 325X257 -9
FSX-2-63-24-50
FSX-3-63-110-50
FSX-3-63-230-50
FSX-4-63-400-50
FSX-5-63-400-50
A.4300.36
A.4300.37
A.4300.38
A.4300.39
A.4300.40
24
110-130
220-250
380-440
380-440
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
3P+E
3P+N+E
63
63
63
63
63
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
I.E. / Example
FSX-3-20-230-50
FSX =
Flameproof Socket Stainless Steel
3=
Poles Number
ITEM
TYPE
ITEM
CODE
20 =
230 =
50 =
CONTACT
COLOR VOLTAGE ARRANGECODE
(V)
MENTS
FSX-2-2a-32-24-50
A.4300.80
24
FSX-3-2a-32-110-50
A.4300.41
110-130
FSX-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4300.42
220-250
FSX-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.43
380-440
FSX-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.44
380-440
FSX-2-2a-63-24-50
A.4300.45
24
FSX-3-2a-63-110-50
A.4300.46
110-130
FSX-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4300.47
220-250
FSX-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.48
380-440
FSX-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.49
380-440
I.E. / Example
FSX-3-2a-32-230-50
FSX =
Flameproof Socket Stainless Steel
3=
Poles Number
2a =
Number auxiliary contact
2P
+2aux
1P+N+E
+2aux
1P+N+E
+2aux
3P+E
+2aux
3P+N+E
+2aux
2P
+2aux
1P+N+E
+2aux
1P+N+E
+2aux
3P+E
+2aux
3P+N+E
+2aux
Earth
CURRENT
Pin
(A)
Position
325X257 -9
325X257 -9
325X257 -9
405X407 -9
405X407 -9
Current (A)
Voltage (V)
Frequency (HZ)
FREQUENCY
(HZ)
CONNECTION
TERMINALS
CROSS
SECTION
FLEXIBLE
CORES
(RIGID
CORES)
mmq
32
Central
50
16 / 16 /4
32
Central
50
16 / 16 /4
32
Central
50
16 / 16 /4
32
Central
50
16 / 16 /4
32
Central
50
16 / 16 /4
63
Central
50
35 / 35 / 4
63
Central
50
35 / 35 / 4
63
Central
50
35 / 35 / 4
63
Central
50
35 / 35 / 4
63
Central
50
35 / 35 / 4
20 =
230 =
50 =
350X350X295
350X350X295
350X350X295
430X500X325
430X500X325
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
ENTRIES (AxBxC)
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
280x270
x268
280x270
x268
280x270
x268
350x350
x268
350x350
x268
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
350x350
x295
350x350
x295
350x350
x295
350x350
x295
350x350
x295
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
255x177-9
255x177-9
255x177-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
325x257-9
Current (A)
Voltage (V)
Frequency (HZ)
227
Plugs and Sockets
FSAL
FSAL Copper free Aluminium housing and Glass ¿bre Reinforced Polyester block contact socket outlets & welding receptacles. The design of
the block contact that turns on suitable hinges, allows an easy wiring and
maintenance. When open, all space corresponding to surface O.D. of apparatus is available for wiring. Also, by the twin terminal for each polarity,
provided it is possible the loop of power cable, the costs for one extra junction box, two cable glands and man power may be saved for wiring in between junction box and socket outlet. The cross section of looping terminal
strip allows the use of cable size over the socket full load.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Lid / Door gasket
Surface treatment
Quantity for entries
Copper Free Aluminum Housing
IP65 / IP66 (see attached table)
-40°C to 60°C (see attached table)
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 06ATEX0015
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 21, Zone 2 / Zone 22
Silicone seal
External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Nr. 1 single seal EEx-e brass nickel chrome plated cable gland for armoured cable
Nr. 1 EEx-e brass nickel chrome plated blank plug
Note
228
Detailed description of DXN contact system is available in following chapter concerning FPR plugs.
Rated voltage identification by colour code as per IEC/EN 60-309-1
Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable positions to avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a
non compatible voltage.
Plugs and Sockets
FSAL
ITEM TYPE
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENTS
COLOR VOLTAGE
ITEM CODE CODE
[V]
24
CURRENT
[A]
Earth
Pin
Position
FQ
Hz
Cores
mmq
20
Central
50
10 / 10
ENTRIES
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
FSAL-2-20-24-50
A.4300.50
2 x M25
140x120x218
106x82 - 7
FSAL-3-20-110-50
A.4300.51
110-130 1P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25
140x120x218
106x82 - 7
FSAL-3-20-230-50
A.4300.52
220-250 1P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25
140x120x218
106x82 - 7
FSAL-4-20-400-50
A.4300.53
380-440 3P+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25
178x160x218
140x110 - 7
FSAL-5-20-400-50
A.4300.54
380-440 3P+N+E
20
Central
50
10 / 10
2 x M25
178x160x218
140x110 - 7
24
2P
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
(AxBxC) [mm]
FSAL-2-32-24-50
A.4300.55
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32
198x180x240
160x130 - 7
FSAL-3-32-110-50
A.4300.56
110-130 1P+N+E
2P
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32
198x180x240
160x130 - 7
FSAL-3-32-230-50
A.4300.57
220-250 1P+N+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32
198x180x240
160x130 - 7
FSAL-4-32-400-50
A.4300.58
380-440 3P+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32
220x232x248
180x180 - 7
FSAL-5-32-400-50
A.4300.59
380-440 3P+N+E
32
Central
50
16 / 16
2 x M32
220x232x248
180x180 - 7
FSAL-2-63-24-50
FSAL-3-63-110-50
FSAL-3-63-230-50
FSAL-4-63-400-50
FSAL-5-63-400-50
A.4300.60
A.4300.61
A.4300.62
A.4300.63
A.4300.64
24
110-130
220-250
380-440
380-440
63
63
63
63
63
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
220x232x276
220x232x276
220x232x276
331x404x276
331x404x276
180x180 - 7
180x180 - 7
180x180 - 7
262x382,5 - 7
262x382,5 - 7
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
3P+E
3P+N+E
FQ
=
Frequency
Cores
=
CONNECTION TERMINALS CROSS SECTION FLEXIBLE CORES
(RIGID CORES) [mmq]
I.E. / Example
FSAL-3-20-230-50
FSAL =
Flameproof Socket Aluminium
3
= Poles Number
20
= Current (A)
230
= Voltage (V)
50
= Frequency (HZ)
ITEM TYPE
COLOR VOLTAGE
ITEM CODE CODE
(V)
FSAL-2-2a-32-24-50
A.4300.65
FSAL-3-2a-32-110-50
A.4300.66
FSAL-3-2a-32-230-50
24
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENTS
Cores
mmq
32
Central 50 16/16/4
110-130 1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central 50 16/16/4
A.4300.67
220-250 1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central 50 16/16/4
FSAL-4-2a-32-400-50
A.4300.68
380-440 3P+E+2aux
32
Central 50 16/16/4
FSAL-5-2a-32-400-50
A.4300.69
380-440 3P+N+E+2aux
32
Central 50 16/16/4
FSAL-2-2a-63-24-50
A.4300.70
63
Central 50 35/35/4
FSAL-3-2a-63-110-50
A.4300.71
110-130 1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central 50 35/35/4
FSAL-3-2a-63-230-50
A.4300.72
220-250 1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central 50 35/35/4
FSAL-4-2a-63-400-50
A.4300.73
380-440 3P+E+2aux
63
Central 50 35/35/4
FSAL-5-2a-63-400-50
A.4300.74
380-440 3P+N+E+2aux
63
Central 50 35/35/4
24
2P+2aux
Earth
CURRENT
Pin
FQ
(A)
Position HZ
2P+2aux
ENTRIES
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
(AxBxC)
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
198x180x240
160x130 -7
198x180x240
160x130 -7
198x180x240
160x130 -7
220x232x248
180x180 -7
220x232x248
180x180 -7
220x232x276
180x180 -7
220x232x276
180x180 -7
220x232x276
180x180 -7
331x404x276
262x382,5-7
331x404x276
262x382,5-7
I.E. / Example
FSAL-3-2a-32-230-50
FSAL =
Flameproof Socket Aluminium
3
=
Poles Number
2a
=
Number auxiliary contact
20
=
Current (A)
230
=
Voltage (V)
50
=
Frequency (HZ)
229
Plugs and Sockets
FSR
FSR is a Glass ¿bre Reinforced Polyester housing and block contact
socket outlets & welding receptacles. The design of the block contact that
turns on suitable hinges, allows an easy wiring and maintenance. When
open, all space corresponding to surface O.D. of apparatus is available
for wiring. Also, by the twin terminal for each polarity, provided it is possible the loop of power cable, the costs for one extra junction box, two
cable glands and man power may be saved for wiring in between junction
box and socket outlet. The cross section of looping terminal strip allows
for use of cable size over the socket full load.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
Lid / Door gasket
Surface treatment
Quantity for entries
Note
Dimensions
230
Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester
IP65 / IP66 (see attached table)
-40°C to 60°C (see attached table)
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 06ATEX0015
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 21, Zone 2 / Zone 22
Silicone seal
Black Glass Fibre
Nr. 1 single seal EEx-e brass nickel chrome plated cable gland for armoured cable
Nr. 1 Ex-e brass nickel chrome plated blank plug
Detailed description of DXN contact system is available in following chapter concerning FPR plugs.
Rated voltage identification by colour code as per IEC/EN 60-309-1
Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable positions to avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a
non compatible voltage.
Plugs and Sockets
FSR
ITEM
TYPE
ITEM CODE
COLOR
CODE
VOLTAGE
(V)
CUREarth Pin FQ
RENT
Position HZ
(A)
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENTS
OVERALL
ENTRIES DIMENSIONS
(AxBxC)
Cores
mmq
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
FSR-2-20-24-50
A.4300.01
24
2P
20
Central
50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 6,3
FSR-3-20-110-50
A.4300.02
110-130
1P+N+E
20
Central
50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 6,3
FSR-3-20-230-50
A.4300.03
220-250
1P+N+E
20
Central
50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 6,3
FSR-4-20-400-50
A.4300.04
380-440
3P+E
20
Central
50 10 / 10 2 x M25 178x160x218 140x110 -6,5
FSR-5-20-400-50
A.4300.05
380-440
3P+N+E
20
Central
50 10 / 10 2 x M25 178x160x218 140x110 -6,5
FSR-2-32-24-50
A.4300.06
24
2P
32
Central
50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-3-32-110-50
A.4300.07
110-130
1P+N+E
32
Central
50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-3-32-230-50
A.4300.08
220-250
1P+N+E
32
Central
50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-4-32-400-50
A.4300.09
380-440
3P+E
32
Central
50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-5-32-400-50
A.4300.10
380-440
3P+N+E
32
Central
50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-2-63-24-50
FSR-3-63-110-50
FSR-3-63-230-50
FSR-4-63-400-50
A.4300.11
A.4300.12
A.4300.13
A.4300.14
24
110-130
220-250
380-440
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
3P+E
63
63
63
63
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
FSR-5-63-400-50
A.4300.15
380-440
3P+N+E
63
Central
50 35 / 35 2 x M50 273x250x286 235x200 - 6,5
I.E./Example FSR-3-20-230-50
ITEM
TYPE
FSR-2-2a-32-24-50
ITEM
CODE
FSR = Flameproof Socket Resin
COLOR VOLTAGE
CODE
(V)
A.4300.16
24
3 = Poles Number
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENTS
2P
+2aux
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
35 / 35
20 = Current (A)
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
2 x M50
273x250x286
273x250x286
273x250x286
273x250x286
230 = Voltage (V)
CONNECTION
TERMINALS
CROSS SECTION
FLEXIBLE
CUR- Earth
CORES
RENT
Pin
FQ (RIGID CORES)
(A) Position (HZ)
mmq
ENTRIES
235x200 - 6,5
235x200 - 6,5
235x200 - 6,5
235x200 - 6,5
50 = Frequency (HZ)
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
(AxBxC)
MOUNTING
INTERAXES
(ExD)-F
32
Central 50
16 / 16 /4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x259 235x200-6,5
FSR-3-2a-32-110-50 A.4300.17
1P+N+E
110-130 +2aux
32
Central 50
16 / 16 /4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x259 235x200-6,5
FSR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4300.18
1P+N+E
220-250 +2aux
32
Central 50
16 / 16 /4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x259 235x200-6,5
FSR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.19
3P+E
380-440 +2aux
32
Central 50
16 / 16 /4
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x259 235x200-6,5
FSR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.20
3P+N+E
380-440 +2aux
32
Central 50
16 / 16 /4
2 x M32
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x259 235x200-6,5
63
Central 50
35 / 35 / 4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x286 235x200-6,5
FSR-2-2a-63-24-50
A.4300.21
24
2P
+2aux
FSR-3-2a-63-110-50 A.4300.22
1P+N+E
110-130 +2aux
63
Central 50
35 / 35 / 4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x286 235x200-6,5
FSR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4300.23
1P+N+E
220-250 +2aux
63
Central 50
35 / 35 / 4
2 x M25
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x286 235x200-6,5
FSR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.24
3P+E
380-440 +2aux
63
Central 50
35 / 35 / 4
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x286 235x200-6,5
FSR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.25
3P+N+E
380-440 +2aux
63
Central 50
35 / 35 / 4
2 x M50
+ 1 x M20
273x250
x286 235x200-6,5
I.E. / Example FSR-3-2a-32-230-50
FSR = Flameproof Socket Resin
3 = Poles Number
2a = Number auxiliary contact
20 = Current (A)
230 = Voltage (V)
50 = Frequency (HZ)
231
Plugs and Sockets
FPR
FPR (Glass ¿ber Reinforced Polyester handle) are plugs based on
DXN System are compatible with socket outlet & welding receptacles FSR, FSX and FSAL series. DXN Decontactors, thanks
to their self-extinguishing non-static Glass Reinforced Polyester
(PBT), can withstand heavy duty, severe mechanical stress and
presence of chemical aggressive products.
DXN Decontactors are plugs and socket-outlets for use in explosive atmosphere with an integral switching device, as de¿ned in
clause 2.8 of IEC/ EN 60309-1 Standard.
Specifications
Material
IP Rating
Temperature
Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester
IP65 / IP66 (see attached table)
-40°C to 60°C (see attached table)
Certification
& Approvals
Standards
Ex-code
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
INERIS 06ATEX0015
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Quantity for entries
Dimensions
232
II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 21, Zone 2 / Zone 22
Cable entry c/w single seal EEx-e GRP Resin Cable Gland
Plugs and Sockets
FPR
TYPE
CODE
COL.
CODE
CABLE GLAND
EEx-e
VOLTAGE
[V]
CONTACT CURARRANGE- RENT
MENT
[A]
EARTH
PIN
POSITION
FREQUENCY
[Hz]
CONNECTION
TERMINALS CROSS
SECTION FLEXIBLE
CORES (RIGID CORES)
[mmq]
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
[mm]
FPR-2-20-24-50
FPR-2-20-24-50
FPR-3-20-110-50
FPR-3-20-110-50
FPR-3-20-230-50
FPR-3-20-230-50
FPR-4-20-400-50
FPR-4-20-400-50
FPR-5-20-400-50
FPR-5-20-400-50
A.4301.01
A.4301.02
A.4301.03
A.4301.04
A.4301.05
A.4301.06
A.4301.07
A.4301.08
A.4301.09
A.4301.10
M20 (8÷13)
M25 (13÷19)
M20 (8÷13)
M25 (13÷19)
M20 (8÷13)
M25 (13÷19)
M20 (8÷13)
M25 (13÷19)
M20 (8÷13)
M25 (13÷19)
24
24
110-130
110-130
220-250
220-250
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
2P
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
4 mmq / 6 mmq
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
127 x 51 x 51
FPR-2-32-24-50
FPR-2-32-24-50
FPR-2-32-24-50
FPR-3-32-110-50
FPR-3-32-110-50
FPR-3-32-110-50
FPR-3-32-230-50
FPR-3-32-230-50
FPR-3-32-230-50
FPR-4-32-400-50
FPR-4-32-400-50
FPR-4-32-400-50
FPR-5-32-400-50
FPR-5-32-400-50
FPR-5-32-400-50
A.4301.11
A.4301.12
A.4301.13
A.4301.14
A.4301.15
A.4301.16
A.4301.17
A.4301.18
A.4301.19
A.4301.20
A.4301.21
A.4301.22
A.4301.23
A.4301.24
A.4301.25
M20 (8÷13)
M25 (13÷19)
M32 (17÷25)
M20 (8÷13)
M25 (13÷19)
M32 (17÷25)
M20 (8÷13)
M25 (13÷19)
M32 (17÷25)
M20 (8÷13)
M25 (13÷19)
M32 (17÷25)
M20 (8÷13)
M25 (13÷19)
M32 (17÷25)
24
24
24
110-130
110-130
110-130
220-250
220-250
220-250
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
2P
2P
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
10 mmq / 16 mmq
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-63-24-50
FPR-2-63-24-50
FPR-2-63-24-50
FPR-3-63-110-50
FPR-3-63-110-50
FPR-3-63-110-50
FPR-3-63-230-50
FPR-3-63-230-50
FPR-3-63-230-50
A.4301.26
A.4301.27
A.4301.28
A.4301.29
A.4301.30
A.4301.31
A.4301.32
A.4301.33
A.4301.34
M25 (13÷19)
M32 (17÷25)
M40 (24÷32)
M25 (13÷19)
M32 (17÷25)
M40 (24÷32)
M25 (13÷19)
M32 (17÷25)
M40 (24÷32)
24
24
24
110-130
110-130
110-130
220-250
220-250
220-250
2P
2P
2P
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
1P+N+E
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-63-400-50
FPR-4-63-400-50
FPR-4-63-400-50
FPR-5-63-400-50
FPR-5-63-400-50
FPR-5-63-400-50
A.4301.35
A.4301.36
A.4301.37
A.4301.38
A.4301.39
A.4301.40
M25 (13÷19)
M32 (17÷25)
M40 (24÷32)
M25 (13÷19)
M32 (17÷25)
M40 (24÷32)
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
380-440
3P+E
3P+E
3P+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
3P+N+E
63
63
63
63
63
63
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
Central
50
50
50
50
50
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
16 mmq / 25 mmq
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
149 x 83 x 83
I.E. / Example
FPR-3-20-230-50
FPR = FLAMEPROOF PLUG RESIN
3
= Poles Number
20 = Current (A)
230 = Voltage (V)
50 = Frequency (HZ)
233
Plugs and Sockets
FPR
TYPE
FPR-2-2a-32-24-50
CODE
COLOR CABLE GLAND
CODE
EEx-e
A.4301.41
M20 (8÷13)
VOLTAGE
(V)
24
CONTACT
ARRANGEMENT
2P+2aux
CONNECTION
TERMINALS CROSS
CUR- EARTH
FRE- SECTION FLEXIBLE
RENT PIN POSI- QUENCORES (RIGID
(A)
TION CY (HZ)
CORES) mmq.
32
Central
50
OVERALL
DIMENSIONS
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-2a-32-24-50
A.4301.42
M25 (13÷19)
24
2P+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-2a-32-24-50
A.4301.43
M32 (17÷25)
24
2P+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-110-50
A.4301.44
M20 (8÷13)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-110-50
A.4301.45
M25 (13÷19)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-110-50
A.4301.46
M32 (17÷25)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4301.47
M20 (8÷13)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4301.48
M25 (13÷19)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4301.49
M32 (17÷25)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.50
M20 (8÷13)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.51
M25 (13÷19)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.52
M32 (17÷25)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.53
M20 (8÷13)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.54
M25 (13÷19)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.55
M32 (17÷25)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
32
Central
50
10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-2a-63-24-50
M25 (13÷19)
24
2P+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
A.4301.56
FPR-2-2a-63-24-50
A.4301.57
M32 (17÷25)
24
2P+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-2-2a-63-24-50
A.4301.58
M40 (24÷32)
24
2P+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-110-50
A.4301.59
M25 (13÷19)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-110-50
A.4301.60
M32 (17÷25)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-110-50
A.4301.61
M40 (24÷32)
110-130
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4301.62
M25 (13÷19)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4301.63
M32 (17÷25)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4301.64
M40 (24÷32)
220-250
1P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.65
M25 (13÷19)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.66
M32 (17÷25)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.67
M40 (24÷32)
380-440
3P+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.68
M25 (13÷19)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.69
M32 (17÷25)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.70
M40 (24÷32)
380-440
3P+N+E+2aux
63
Central
50
16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
I.E. / Example
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50
FPR = FLAMEPROOF PLUG RESIN
3
= Poles Number
2a = Number auxiliary contacts
32 = Current (A)
230 = Voltage (V)
50 = Frequency (HZ)
234
Plugs and Sockets
Starline Explosion Proof Connector
Explosion proof Connectors
• Technor is an approved distributor of the Starline Ex product’s.
• Heavy duty, environmental cylindrical for high power applications
with harsh/potentially explosive environments.
Rugged, double lead threaded,
EX designations.
• Mass Transportation.
• Petro-chemical.
• Off-shore oil drilling.
• Automotive paint booths.
• Aircraft Refueling Pits.
• Pharmaceutical Mfg. Equip.
• ATEX approved.
Specifications
Performance environment/Electrical
• Operating temperature from -20ºC to +40ºC
• IP68 rating for environmental sealing
• Hard anodic coating provides dielectric strength with heat and
corrosion resistance.
• Up to high amperage of 1135 Amps at 1000VAC or DC rating
available.
Contact termination
Solder, crimp and pressure terminals.
Circuit braking power and control types.
Code Logic Starline Ex
Standards/Requirements
Hybrid form of the Star-Line series with higher temperature ranges.
Cenelec Certi¿ed for use in Zone 1-IIc hazardous environment.
Certi¿cate SIRA03ATEX1101X
II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6
Ex de IIC T6
“##” code for grommets
used w/ type “2” or “4”
hardware styles/
“A,” “B” or “C” etc. for
E E x d gland sizes
(see pg. 61)
Termination
Method
N for crimp
contact /
R for pressure /
Blank for solder
Insert
Configuration
EX
Coupling / mounting
Double lead Acme threads provide complete coupling in one turn of
the coupling nut, and do not clog under adverse weather
conditions.
Large wiring space provided in cable housings and conduit ¿tting
bodies.
13
Product
Series
Prefix
Hardware
S tyle
(see pgs.
21, 22 & 23)
13 for Male
P lug /
15 for
Female
Inline/
17 for
Female
panel mount
E xample:
3
C
20
332
Connector
S hell S ize
(12, 16, 20,
24, 28, C20,
C24, C28)
P
N
Armored
Cable/
Omit if
unarmored
-01
BS
Optional
Alternate
Key
Positions
Contact
Gender
P for
Male Pin /
S for
Female S ocket
E X -13-3-C-20-332P N
Male P lug with E E X gland for a cable with 0.95"/24.1mm O.D.,
20ea #12/4.0mm male contacts
E X -15-4-1620-332S N
Female Inline with basket weave grip for a cable with 0.95"/24.1mm O.D.,
20ea #12/4.0mm female contacts
E X -17-1-20-332S N
Female P anel Mount. 20ea #12/4.0mm female contacts.
E X -13-3-C-16-22P R -B S
Male P lug with E E X gland for an armored cable with
1.25"/31.75mm O.D. 4ea #4/25.0mm male contacts
E X -17-3-C-16-22S R -B S
Female P anel Mount with cable adapter with
and E E X gland for an armored cable to match above.
235
Plugs and Sockets
Starline Explosion Proof Connector
Plug with Mechanical Clamp
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
A
EX - 13 - 2 Style
B
8-3/4 (222.3)
C
1-3/4 (44.5)
D
E
15/16 (23.8)
2-3/8 (60.3)
N/A
2-1/16 (52.4)
1-7/16 (36.5)
3 (76.2)
N/A
2-1/8 (54.0) 1-15/16 (49.2)
3-3/4 (95.3)
N/A
8-13/16 (223.8)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
8-7/8 (225.4)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
2-3/16 (55.6)
2-7/16 (61.9)
4-1/2 (114.3)
N/A
3 1/16 (77.8) 4 3/16 (106.4)
2 1/4 (57.2)
2-7/8 (73.0)
5-1/8 (130.2)
N/A
8-15/16 (227.0)
9 (228.6)
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
EX - 13 - 3 Style
A
B
C
1-1/2 (38.1)
D
E
F
G
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Plug with Kellems Grip
A
EX - 13 - 4 Style
B
C
D
E
F
G
7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1)
1-1/4 (31.8)
15/16 (23.8)
1-1/2 (38.1)
8 (203.2)
7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5)
1-1/4 (31.8)
1-7/16 (36.5)
2 (50.8)
10-1/2 (266.7)
7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5)
1-1/4 (31.8) 1-15/16 (49.2)
2-1/2 (63.5)
14-1/2 (368.3)
7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
1-1/4 (31.8)
2-7/16 (61.9)
3 (76.2)
17-1/2 (444.5)
7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9)
1-1/4 (31.8)
2-7/8 (73.0)
3-1/2 (88.9)
19 (482.6)
2 (50.8)
In-line Receptacle with Mechanical Clamp
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
A
B
8-3/4 (222.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
8-13/16 (223.8)
8-7/8 (225.4)
8-15/16 (227.0)
9 (228.6)
C
EX - 15 - 2 Style
D
E
Dimension
Shell
F
15/16 (23.8)
G
1-1/2 (38.1)
2 (50.8)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
2-1/16 (52.4)
1-7/16 (36.5)
3 (76.2)
N/A
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2-1/8 (54.0)
1-15/16 (49.2)
3-3/4 (95.3)
N/A
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
2-3/16 (55.6)
2-7/16 (61.9)
4-1/2 (114.3)
N/A
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
2 1/4 (57.2)
2-7/8 (73.0)
5-1/8 (130.2)
N/A
In-line Receptacle with EEx d Gland
236
G
2 (50.8)
Plug with EEx d Gland
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
F
1-1/2 (38.1)
A
2-3/8 (60.3)
N/A
EX - 15 - 3 Style
B
C
D
E
F
G
1-1/2 (38.1)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
12
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
16
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
20
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
24
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
28
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Plugs and Sockets
Starline Explosion Proof Connector
In-line Receptacle with Kellems Grip
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
A
EX - 15 - 4 Style
B
C
D
1-1/2 (38.1)
E
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
1-1/4 (31.8)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
1-1/4 (31.8)
F
15/16 (23.8)
1-1/4 (31.8)
1-7/16 (36.5)
2 (50.8)
10-1/2 (266.7)
1-1/4 (31.8) 1-15/16 (49.2)
2-1/2 (63.5)
14-1/2 (368.3)
2-7/16 (61.9)
3 (76.2)
17-1/2 (444.5)
2-7/8 (73.0)
3-1/2 (88.9)
19 (482.6)
Panel Mount Receptacle (Potting Required)
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
20
24
28
8 (203.2)
A
B
C
D
4-3/4 (120.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
1-1/2 (38.1)
1.654 (42)
2-1/4 (57.2)
M40
4-3/4 (120.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
2.047 (52)
2-5/8 (66.7)
M50
4-3/4 (120.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2.441 (62)
3 (76.2)
M63
4-3/4 (120.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
2.835 (72)
3-1/2 (88.9)
M75
4-3/4 (120.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
3.228 (82)
4 (101.6)
M90
A
B
E
H
EX - 17 - 2 Style
C
D
E
F
8-3/4 (222.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
1-1/2 (38.1)
2 (50.8)
15/16 (23.8)
2-3/8 (60.3)
8-13/16 (223.8)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
2-1/16 (52.4)
1-7/16 (36.5)
3 (76.2)
8-7/8 (225.4)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
8-15/16 (227.0)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
2-3/16 (55.6)
2-1/8 (54.0) 1-15/16 (49.2)
9 (228.6)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
2 1/4 (57.2)
Fixed In-line Receptacle with EEx d Gland
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
2-7/16 (61.9)
A
B
C
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
1-1/2 (38.1)
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
7-5/8 (193.7)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
A
B
C
3-3/4 (95.3)
4-1/2 (114.3)
EX - 17 - 3 Style
Fixed In-line Receptable with Kellems Grip
Dimension
Shell
12
16
20
24
28
1-1/2 (38.1)
EX - 17 - 1 Style
Fixed In-line Receptacle with Mechanical clamp
Dimension
Shell
12
16
G
1-1/4 (31.8)
EX - 17 - 4 Style
D
E
F
G
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
1-1/2 (38.1)
1-1/4 (31.8)
15/16 (23.8)
1-1/2 (38.1)
8 (203.2)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2 (50.8)
1-1/4 (31.8)
1-7/16 (36.5)
2 (50.8)
10-1/2 (266.7)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
1-1/4 (31.8) 1-15/16 (49.2)
2-1/2 (63.5)
14-1/2 (368.3)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3 (76.2)
1-1/4 (31.8)
2-7/16 (61.9)
3 (76.2)
17-1/2 (444.5)
7-3/8 (187.3)
1-3/4 (44.5)
3-1/2 (88.9)
1-1/4 (31.8)
2-7/8 (73.0)
3-1/2 (88.9)
19 (482.6)
237
238
Gas Detection
TN 2000-4
Mobile Gas Detection System, Ex de, AISI 316
240
239
Gas Detection
TN 2000-4
The Mobile Gas Detection System is specially designed as a protection
and shutdown system for use in connection with hot work in Ex Zones 1
and 2 at on- and offshore installations. The unit is designed to shut down
the connected electrical equipment and give acoustic and visual alarm
when gas is detected.
Specifications
Material sensor unit
Material trolley
Operating temperature
Approvals
Approval lifting lugs
Ex protection control unit
Ex protection sensor
Sensor cable
Dimension trolley
incl. equipment
Total weight (control unit)
Mobility (control unit)
PLC
Sensor
Rated voltage
Max. current
Frequency
Gas monitoring
Earth fault monitoring/
shut off
Stainless steel DIN 1.4572 / SS316
SS316
-20ºC to +40ºC
Upon request
2
Ex de IIC T5
II 2 G
Ex de IIC T6
II 2 G
Radox GKW-LW/S EMC
H x W 1275 x 500mm
105 kg
Wheeled, lifted
OMRON
Simrad Optronics GD10,
Other sensors upon request
220 – 240 VAC
16A
50/60 Hz
0 – 100% LEL
30mA
Dimensions
WWW.CABLEJOINTS.CO.UK
THORNE & DERRICK UK
240
TEL 0044 191 490 1547 FAX 0044 477 5371
TEL 0044 117 977 4647 FAX 0044 977 5582
WWW.THORNEANDDERRICK.CO.UK
242
WWW.CABLEJOINTS.CO.UK
THORNE & DERRICK UK
TEL 0044 191 490 1547 FAX 0044 477 5371
TEL 0044 117 977 4647 FAX 0044 977 5582
WWW.THORNEANDDERRICK.CO.UK
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement